20051005Application Part II.pdf

Section 9
Unbundled Network Elements
the ass modifications necessary to provide access to the high frequency portion
of the Unbundled Loop.
24.Nonrecurring Rates for the Loop Splitting
24.Basic Installation Charge for Loop Splitting - A nonrecurring
charge for Loop Splitting installed will apply.
24.Nonrecurring Rates for Maintenance and Repair
24.Trouble Isolation Charge - A nonrecurring charge for Trouble
isolation will be applied in accordance with the Support Functions - Maintenance
and Repair Section. Qwest will test for electrical faults (e., opens, and/or
foreign voltage) on Loop Splitting in response to trouble tickets initiated by
CLEC. Effective upon approval in CMP, at CLEC's request, Qwest will perform a
synchronization test using the protocol verified by CLEC. Qwest will use an
Acterna 350 Plus test set, or similar test set, to perform the synchronization test.
The synchronization test confirms continuity from the MDF to the CLEC'
DSLAM. When trouble tickets are initiated by CLEC, and such trouble is not an
electrical fault (e., opens, shorts, and/or foreign voltage) in Qwest's network
Qwest will assess Customer of record the Trouble Isolation Charge. Should
such trouble eventually be proven to be an electrical fault in Qwest's network
Qwest shall credit the TIC charge back to the CLEC and the CLEC, at it's option
may require Qwest to credit the TIC charge or CLEC's actual cost, whichever is
less, to recover it's cost for additional trouble isolation , pursuant to Section
9.4.
24.2 Additional ' Testing - The Customer of record may request
Qwest to perform additional testing, and Qwest may decide to perform the
requested testing on a case-by-case basis. A nonrecurring charge will apply in
accordance with Exhibit A.
24.3.4
Agreement.
Rates for POTS Splitter Collocation are included in Exhibit A of this
24.All of these rates are interim and will be subject to true-up based on
either mutually agreed permanent rates or permanent rates established in a cost
proceeding conducted by the Commission. In the event interim rates are established by
the Commission before permanent rates are set , the interim rates set forth in Exhibit A
will be changed to reflect the interim rates set by the Commission; however, no true up
will be performed until mutually agreed to permanent rates are established or permanent
rates are established by the Commission.
24.4 Ordering Process
24.4.Loop Splitting
24.4.As a part of the pre-order process CLEC/DLEC may access
Loop characteristic information through the Loop Information Tool described in
the Support Functions Section. The Customer of record will determine , in its
sole discretion and at its risk, whether to add data services to any specific
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/lD
CDS-O50818-0009
193
Section 9
Unbundled Network Elements
Unbundled Loop. However, neither CLEC/DLEC nor the Customer of record are
required to access Loop characteristic information prior to placing an order.
24.4.The Customer of record will provide on the LSR, the appropriate
frame terminations that are dedicated to POTS Splitters. Qwest will administer
all cross connects/jumpers on the COSMIC/MDF and IDF.
24.4.Basic Installation "lift and lay" procedure will be used for all Loop
Splitting orders. Under this approach , a Qwest technician "lifts" the Loop from its
current termination in a Qwest Wire Center and "lays" it on a new termination
connecting to CLEC's/DLEC's collocated equipment in the same Wire Center.
24.4.Qwest will test for electrical faults (e., opens, and/or
foreign voltage), excessive bridged tap, and load coils as part of basic
installation. Effective upon approval in CMP, at CLEC's request, Qwest
will perform a synchronization test using the protocol verified by CLEC.
Qwest will use an Acterna 350 Plus test set, or similar test set, to perform
the synchronization test. The synchronization test confirms continuity
from the MDF to the CLEC's DSLAM.
24.4.Loop Splitting shall be provided in accordance with the
technical specifications contained in Technical Publication 77384.
24.4.1.4 The Customer of record shall not place orders for Loop Splitting
until all work necessary to provision Loop Splitting in a given Qwest Wire Center
including, but not limited to, POTS Splitter installation and TIE Cable
reclassification or augmentation has been completed.
24.4.The Customer of record shall submit the appropriate LSR'
associated with establishing Unbundled Loop and Loop Splitting.
24.4.If a Loop Splitting LSR is placed to change from Line Sharing to
Loop Splitting or to change the voice provider in an existing Loop Splitting
arrangement and the data provider does not change or move Splitter location
the data service will not be interrupted.
24.5 Billing
24.Qwest shall provide a bill to the Customer of record , on a monthly basis
within seven to ten (7-10) calendar Days of the last day of the most recent Billing period,
in an agreed upon standard electronic Billing format.
24.Qwest shall bill the Customer of record for all recurring and nonrecurring
Loop Splitting rate elements.
24.6 Repair and Maintenance
24.Qwest will allow CLEC/DLEC to access Loop Splitting at the point where
the combined voice and data Loop is cross connected to the POTS Splitter and at all
cross-connect points on the ICDF, in accordance with the Collocation Test Access
Points documents.
August 22 , 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/lD
CDS-O50818-0009
194
Section 9
Unbundled Network Elements
24.The Customer of record or its authorized agent will be responsible for
reporting to Qwest service troubles provided over Loop Splitting. Qwest will be
responsible to repair troubles on the physical line between Network Interface Devices at
the user premises and the point of demarcation in Qwest Wire Centers. Qwest, CLEC
and DLEC each will be responsible for maintaining its equipment. The entity that
controls the POTS Splitters will be responsible for their maintenance. In the case of
Common Area Splitter Collocation, if CLEC/DLEC has not elected otherwise, Qwest
shall have maintenance responsibility.
24.3 Qwest, CLEC and DLEC will continue to develop repair and maintenance
procedures for Loop Splitting and agree to document final agreed to procedures in a
methods and procedures document that will be made available on Qwest's website.
24.7 Customer of Record and Authorized Agents
24.1 "Customer of Record" is defined for the purposes of this section as the
CLEC that is the billed Customer for Loop Splitting. The Customer of record may
designate an authorized agent pursuant to the terms of sections 9.24.2 and 9.24.
to perform ordering and/or Maintenance and Repair functions.
24.In order for the authorized agent of the Customer of record to perform
ordering and/or Maintenance and Repair functions, the Customer of record must provide
its authorized agent the necessary access and security devices , including but not limited
to user identifications digital certificates and SecurlD cards , that will allow the
authorized agent to access the records of the Customer of record. Such access will be
managed by the Customer of record.
24.The Customer of record shall hold Qwest harmless with regard to any
harm Customer of record as a direct and proximate result of the acts or omissions of the
authorized agent of the Customer of record or any other person who has obtained from
the Customer of record the necessary access and security devices , including but not
limited to user identifications, digital certificates and SecurlD cards, that allow person to
access the records of the Customer of record unless such access and security devices
through the Customer of record were wrongfully obtained by such person through the
willful or negligent behavior of Qwest.
August 22 , 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
C DS-O50818-0009
195
Section 10
Ancillary Services
Section 10.0 - ANCILLARY SERVICES
10.Reserved for Future Use
10.Local Number Portability
CLEC does not intend to order Local Number Portability (LNP); however in the event
CLEC wishes to order Local Number Portability (LNP), the Parties will negotiate an
appropriate amendment to this Agreement.
10.911/E911 Service
CLEC does not intend to order 911/E911 Service; however in the event CLEC wishes to
order 911/E911 Service, the Parties will negotiate an appropriate amendment to thisAgreement.
10.White Pages Directory Listings
CLEC does not intend to order White Pages Directory Listings; however in the event
CLEC wishes to order White Pages Directory Listings, the Parties will negotiate an
appropriate amendment to this Agreement.
10.Directory Assistance
CLEC does not intend to order Directory Assistance; however in the event CLEC wishes
to order Directory Assistance, the Parties will negotiate an appropriate amendment to
this Agreement.
10.Directory Assistance List
CLEC does not intend to order Directory Assistance List; however in the event CLEC
wishes to order Directory Assistance List, the Parties will negotiate an appropriate
amendment to this Agreement.
10.Toll and Assistance Operator Services
CLEC does not intend to order Toll and Assistance Operator Services; however in the
event CLEC wishes to order Toll and Assistance Operator Services, the Parties will
negotiate an appropriate amendment to this Agreement.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/lD
CDS-O50818-0009
196
Section 1
Ancillary Services
10.Access to Poles, Ducts, Conduits, and Rights of Way
CLEC does not intend to order Access to Poles, Ducts, Conduits, and Rights of Way;
however in the event CLEC wishes to order Access to Poles, Ducts, Conduits, and
Rights of Way, the Parties will negotiate an appropriate amendment to this Agreement.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/lD
CDS-O50818-0009
197
Section 11
Network Security
Section 11.0 - NETWORK SECURITY
11.Protection of Service and Property. Each Party shall exercise the same degree
of care to prevent harm or damage to the other Party and any third parties , its employees
agents or End User Customers, or their property as it employs to protect its own personnel, End
User Customers and property, etc.
11.Each Party is responsible to provide security and privacy of communications.
This entails protecting the confidential nature of Telecommunications transmissions between
End User Customers during technician work operations and at all times. Specifically, no
employee, agent or representative shall monitor any circuits except as required to repair or
provide service of any End User Customer at any time. Nor shall an employee, agent or
representative disclose the nature of overheard conversations, or who participated in such
communications or even that such communication has taken place. Violation of such security
may entail state and federal criminal penalties, as well as civil penalties. CLEC is responsible
for covering its employees on such security requirements and penalties.
11.The Parties' Telecommunications networks are part of the national security
network, and as such , are protected by federal law. Deliberate sabotage or disablement of any
portion of the underlying equipment used to provide the network is a violation of federal statutes
with severe penalties , especially in times of national emergency or state of war. The Parties
are responsible for covering their employees on such security requirements and penalties.11.4 Qwest and CLEC share responsibility for security and network protection for
each Collocation arrangement. Each Party s employees, agents or representatives must
secure its own portable test equipment, spares, etc. and shall not use the test equipment or
spares of other parties. Use of such test equipment or spares without written permission
constitutes theft and may be prosecuted. Exceptions are the use of Qwest ladders in the Wire
Center, either rolling or track, which CLEC may use in the course of work operations. Qwest
assumes no liability to CLEC, its agents, employees or representatives, if CLEC uses a Qwest
ladder available in the Wire Center.
11.Each Party is responsible for the physical security of its employees, agents or
representatives. Providing safety glasses, gloves, etc. must be done by the respective
employing Party. Hazards handling and safety procedures relative to the Telecommunications
environment is the training responsibility of the employing Party. Proper use of tools, ladders
and test gear is the training responsibility of the employing Party.
11.In the event that one Party s employees, agents or representatives inadvertently
damage or impair the equipment of the other Party, prompt notification will be given to the
damaged Party by verbal notification between the Parties' technicians at the site or
telephone to each Party s 24 x 7 security numbers.
11.Each Party shall comply at all times with Qwest security and safety procedures
and requirements while performing work activities on Qwest's Premises.
11.Qwest will allow CLEC to inspect or observe spaces which house or contain
CLEC equipment or equipment enclosures at any time and to furnish CLEC with all keys, entry
codes, lock combinations, or other materials or information which may be needed to gain entry
into any secured CLEC space, in a manner consistent with that used by Qwest.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
C DS-O50818-0009
198
Section 11
Network Security
11.Qwest will limit the keys used in its keying systems for enclosed collocated
spaces which contain or house CLEC equipment or equipment enclosures to its employees and
representatives to emergency access only. CLEC shall further have the right to change locks
where deemed necessary for the protection and security of such spaces.
11.10 Keys may entail either metallic keys or combination electronic ID/key cards. It is
solely the responsibility of CLEC to ensure keys are not shared with unauthorized personnel
and recover keys and electronic ID/keys promptly from discharged personnel, such that office
security is always maintained. Qwest has similar responsibility for its employees.
11.11 CLEC will train its employees, agents and vendors on Qwest security policies
and guidelines.
11.12 Wh~n working on Qwest ICDF Frames or in Qwest's common or CLEC
equipment line-ups Qwest and CLEC employees, agents and vendors agree to adhere to
Qwest quality and performance standards provided by Qwest and as specified in this
Agreement.
11.13 CLEC shall report all material losses to Qwest Security. All security incidents are
to be referred directly to local Qwest Security - 1-888-879-7328. In cases of emergency, CLEC
shall call 911 and 1-888-879-7328.
11.14 Qwest and CLEC employees agents and vendors will display the
identification/access card above the waist and visible at all times.
11.15 Qwest and CLEC shall ensure adherence by their employees, agents and
vendors to all applicable Qwest environmental health and safety regulations. This includes all
fire/life safety matters, OSHA, EPA, Federal , State and local regulations, including evacuation
plans and indoor air quality.
11.
and gates.
Qwest and CLEC employees , agents and vendors will secure and lock all doors
11.17 CLEC will report to Qwest all property and equipment losses immediately, any
lost cards or keys , vandalism, unsecured conditions, security violations, anyone who
unauthorized to be in the work area or is not wearing the Qwest identification/access card.
11.18 Qwest and CLEC's employees, agents and vendors shall comply with Qwest
Central Office fire and safety regulations, which include but are not limited to, wearing safety
glasses in designated areas, keeping doors and aisles free and clean of trip hazards such as
wire , checking ladders before moving, not leaving test equipment or tools on rolling ladders, not
blocking doors open , providing safety straps and cones in installation areas, using electrostatic
discharge protection, and exercising good housekeeping.
11.19 Smoking is not allowed in Qwest buildings , Wire Centers, or other Qwest
facilities. No open flames shall be permitted anywhere within the buildings, Wire Centers or
other facilities. Failure to abide by this restriction may result in denial of access for that
individual and may constitute a violation of the access rules, subjecting CLEC employee, agent
or vendor to denial of unescorted access. Qwest shall provide written notice within five (5)
calendar Days of a CLEC violation of this provision to CLEC prior to denial of access and such
notice shall include: 1) identification of the violation of this provision and the personnel involved
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba CoVad/lD
CDS-O50818-0009
199
Section 11
Network Security
2) identification of the safety regulation violated , and 3) date and location of such violation.
CLEC will have five (5) calendar Days to remedy any such violation for which it ha$ received
notice from Qwest. In the event that CLEG fails to remedy any such violation of which it has
received notice within such five (5) calendar Days following receipt of such notice , CLEC shall
be denied unescorted access to the affected Premises. In the event CLEC disputes any action
Qwest seeks to take or has taken pursuant to this provision, CLEC may pursue immediate
resolution by expedited Dispute Resolution.
11.20 No flammable or explosive fluids or materials are to be kept or used anywhere
within the Qwest buildings or on the grounds.
11.21 No weapons of any type are allowed on Qwest Premises. Vehicles on Qwest
property are subject to this restriction as well.
11.22 Except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, CLEC's employees, agents or
vendors may not make any modifications, alterations, additions or repairs to any space within
the building or on the grounds , provided, however, nothing in Section 11 shall prevent CLEC, its
employees or agents from performing modifications, alterations, additions or repairs to its own
equipment or facilities.
11.23 Qwest employees may request CLEC's employees, agents or vendors to stop
any work activity that in their reasonable judgment is a jeopardy to personal safety or poses
potential for damage to the Qwest Premises, Qwest equipment or Qwest services within the
facility until the situation is remedied. CLEC employees may report any work activity that in their
reasonable judgment is a jeopardy to personal safety or poses a potential for damage to the
building, CLEC equipment or CLEC services within the facility, to Qwest Service Assurance
(800-713-3666) and the reported work activity will be immediately stopped until the situation is
remedied. In the event such non-compliant activity occurs in a Qwest Central Office,
notification of the non-compliant activity may be made to the Central Office supervisor, and the
Central Office supervisor shall immediately stop the reported work activity until the situation is
remedied. The compliant Party shall provide immediate notice of the non-compliant work
activity to the non-compliant Party and such notice shall include: 1) identification of the non-
compliant work activity, 2) identification of the safety regulation violated, and 3) date and
location of safety violation. If such non-compliant work activities pose an immediate threat to
the safety of the other Party s employees, interference with the performance of the other Party
service obligations, or pose an immediate threat to the physical integrity of the other Party
facilities, the compliant Party may perform such work and/or take action as is necessary to
correct the condition at the non-compliant Party s expense. In the event the non-compliant
Party disputes any action the compliant Party seeks to take or has taken pursuant to this
provision, the non-compliant Party may pursue immediate resolution by expedited Dispute
Resolution. If the non-compliant Party fails to correct any safety non-compliance within ten (10)
calendar Days of written notice of non-compliance, or if such non-compliance cannot be
corrected within ten (10) calendar Days of written notice of non-compliance, and if the non-
compliant Party fails to take all appropriate steps to correct as soon as reasonably possible, the
compliant Party may pursue immediate resolution by expedited Dispute Resolution.
11.24 Qwest is not liable for any damage, theft or personal injury resulting from CLEC'
employees, agents or vendors parking in a Qwest parking area.
11.25 CLEC's employees, agents or vendors outside the designated CLEC access
area, or without proper identification may be asked to vacate the Premises and Qwest security
August 22 , 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
200
Section 11
Network Security
may be notified. Continued violations may result in termination of access privileges. Qwest
shall provide immediate notice of the security violation to CLEC and such notice shall include:
1) identification of the security violation, 2) identification of the security regulation violated, and
3) date and location of security violation. CLEC will have five (5) calendar Days to remedy any
such alleged security violation before any termination of access privileges for such individual.
In the event CLEC disputes any action Qwest seeks to take or has taken pursuant to this
provision , CLEC may pursue immediate resolution by expedited or other Dispute Resolution.
11.
Centers:
Building related problems may be referred to the Qwest Work Environment
800-879-3499 (CO, WY, AZ, NM)
800-201-7033 (all other Qwest states)
11.27 CLEC will submit a Qwest Collocation Access Application form for individuals
needing to access Qwest facilities. CLEC and Qwest will meet to review applications and
security requirements.
11.28 CLEC employees, agents and vendors will utilize only corridors, stairways and
elevators that provide direct access to CLEC's space or the nearest restroom facility. Such
access will be covered in orientation meetings. Access shall not be permitted to any other
portions of the building.
11.29 CLEC will collect identification/access cards for any employees, agents or
vendors no longer working on behalf of CLEC and forward them to Qwest Security. If cards or
keys cannot be collected, CLEC will immediately notify Qwest at 800-210-8169.
11.30 CLEC will assist Qwest in validation and verification of identification of its
employees, agents and vendors by providing a telephone contact available seven (7) Days a
week, twenty-four (24) hours a Day.
11.31 Qwest and CLEC employees, agents and vendors will notify Qwest Service
Assurance (800-713-3666) prior to gaining access into a Central Office after hours, for the
purpose of disabling Central Office alarms for CLEC access. Normal business hours are 7:00
m. to 5:00 p.
11.32 CLEC will notify Qwest if CLEC has information that its employee, agent or
vendor poses a safety and/or security risk. Qwest may deny access to anyone who in the
reasonable judgment of Qwest threatens the safety or security of facilities or personnel.
11.33 CLEC will supply to Qwest Security, and keep up to date, a list of its employees
agents and vendors who require access to CLEC's space. The list will include names and
social security numbers. Names of employees, agents or vendors to be added to the list will be
provided to Qwest Security, who will provide it to the appropriate Qwest personnel. On a
monthly basis, Qwest will provide said list to CLEC.
11.34 Revenue Protection. Qwest shall make available to CLEC all present and future
fraud prevention or revenue protection features. These features include, but are not limited to
screening codes, information digits '29' and '70' which indicate prison and COCOT pay phone
originating line types respectively; call blocking of domestic, international, 800, 888 , 900, NPA-
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
201
Section 11
Network Security
976, 700 and 500 numbers. Qwest shall additionally provide partitioned access to fraud
prevention, detection and control functionality within pertinent Operations Support Systems
which include but are not limited to LlDB Fraud monitoring systems.
11.34.Uncollectable or unbillable revenues resulting from, but not confined to
Provisioning, maintenance, or signal network routing errors shall be the responsibility of
the Party causing such error' or malicious acts, if such malicious acts could have
reasonably been avoided.
11.34.Uncollectible or unbillable revenues resulting from the accidental or
malicious alteration of software underlying Network Elements or their subtending
Operational Support Systems by unauthorized third parties that could have reasonably
been avoided shall be the responsibility of the Party having administrative control of
access to said Network Element or operational support system software.
11.34.Qwest shall be responsible for any direct uncollectible or un billable
revenues resulting from the unauthorized physical attachment to Loop facilities from the
Main Distribution Frame up to and including the Network Interface Device, including clip-
on fraud , if Qwest could have reasonably prevented such fraud.
11.34.4 To the extent that incremental costs are directly attributable to a revenue
protection capability requested by CLEC , those costs will be borne by CLEC.
11.34.To the extent that either Party is liable to any toll provider for fraud and
to the extent that either Party could have reasonably prevented such fraud, the Party
who could have reasonably prevented such fraud must indemnify the other for any fraud
due to compromise of its network (e., clip-on, missing information digits, missing toll
restriction, etc.
11.34.If Qwest becomes aware of potential fraud with respect to CLEC'
accounts , Qwest will promptly inform CLEC and , at the direction of CLEC, take
reasonable action to mitigate the fraud where such action is possible.
11.35 Law Enforcement Interface. Qwest provides emergency assistance to 911
centers and law enforcement agencies seven (7) Days a week/twenty-four (24) hours a Day.
Assistance includes, but is not limited to, release of 911 trace and subscriber information; in-
progress trace requests; establishing emergency trace equipment, release of information from
an emergency trap/trace or *57 trace; requests for emergency subscriber information;
assistance to law enforcement agencies in hostage/barricade situations, kidnappings bomb
threats, extortion/scams, runaways and life threats.
11.36 Qwest provides trap/trace , pen register and Title III assistance directly to law
enforcement, if such assistance is directed by a court order. This service is provided during
normal business hours Monday through Friday. Exceptions are addressed in the above
paragraph. The charges for these services will be billed directly to the law enforcement agency,
without involvement of CLEC, for any lines served from. Qwest Wire Centers or cross boxes.
11.37 In all cases involving telephone lines served from Qwest Wire Centers or cross
boxes, whether the line is a resold line or part of an Unbundled Local Switching or Unbundled
Loop element, Qwest will perform trap/trace Title III and pen register assistance directly with
law enforcement. CLEC will not be involved or notified of such actions, due to non-disclosure
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
202
Section 11
Network Security
court order considerations, as well as timely response duties when law enforcement agencies
are involved. Exceptions to the above will be those cases, as yet undetermined , where CLEC
must participate due to technical reasons wherein its circuitry must be accessed or modified to
comply with law enforcement, or for legal reasons that may evolve over time. CLEC will provide
Qwest with a twenty-four (24) hours a Day, seven (7) Days a week contact for processing such
requests, should they occur.
August 22, 2005/msd/DiECA Communications dba Coyad/ID
CDS-050818-0009 203
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
Section 12.0 - ACCESS TO OPERATIONAL SUPPORT SYSTEMS (OSS)
12.Description
12.Qwest has developed and shall continue to provide Operational Support System
(OSS) interfaces using electronic gateways and manual processes. These gateways act as a
mediation or control point between CLEC's and Qwest's ass. These gateways provide
security for the interfaces, protecting the integrity of the Qwest ass and databases. Qwest's
OSS interfaces have been developed to support Pre-ordering, Ordering and Provisioning,
Maintenance and Repair and Billing. This section describes the interfaces and manual
processes that Qwest has developed and shall provide to CLEC. Additional technical
information and details shall be provided by Qwest in training sessions and documentation and
support, such as the "Interconnect Mediated Access User s Guide." Qwest will continue to
make improvements to the electronic interfaces as technology evolves, Qwest's legacy systems
improve, or CLEC needs require. Qwest shall provide notification to CLEC consistent with the
provisions of the Change Management Process (CMP) set forth in Section 12.
12.Through its electronic gateways and manual processes Qwest shall provide
CLEC non-discriminatory access to Qwest's OSS for Pre-ordering, Ordering and Provisioning,
Maintenance and Repair, and Billing functions. For those functions with a retail analogue, such
as pre-ordering and ordering and Provisioning of resold services, Qwest shall provide CLEC
access to its OSS in substantially the same time and, manner as it provides to itself. For those
functions with no retail analogue, such as pre-ordering and ordering and Provisioning of
Unbundled Elements, Qwest shall provide CLEC access to Qwest's OSS sufficient to allow an
efficient competitor a meaningful opportunity to compete. Qwest will comply with the standards
for access to ass set forth in Section 20. Qwest shall deploy the necessary systems and
personnel to provide sufficient access to each of the necessary ass functions. Qwest shall
provide assistance for CLEC to understand how to implement and use all of the available OSS
functions. Qwest shall provide CLEC sufficient electronic and manual interfaces to allow CLEC
equivalent access to all of the necessary ass functions. Through its website, training,
disclosure documentation and development assistance Qwest shall disclose to CLEC any
internal business rules and other formatting information necessary to ensure that CLEC'
requests and orders are processed efficiently. Qwest shall provide training to enable CLEC to
devise its own course work for its own employees. Through its documentation available to
CLEC, Qwest will identify how its interface differs from national guidelines or standards. Qwest
shall provide ass designed to accommodate both current demand and reasonably foreseeable
demand.
12.OSS Support for Pre-Ordering, Ordering and Provisioning
12.Local Service Request (LSR) Ordering Process
12.Qwest shall provide electronic ,interface gateways for submission of
LSRs , including both an Electronic Data Interchange (EDI) interface and a Graphical
User Interface (GUI).
12.The interface guidelines for EDI are based upon the Order and Billing
Forum (OBF) Local Service Order Guidelines (LSOG), the Telecommunication Industry
Forum (TCIF) Customer Service Guidelines; and the American National Standards
August 22 , 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
C DS-050818-0009
204
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (aSS)
Institute/Accredited Standards Committee (ANSI ASC) X12 protocols. Exceptions to the
above guidelines/standards shall be specified in the EDI disclosure documents.
12.The GUI shall provide a single interface for Pre-Order and Order
transactions from CLEC to Qwest and is browser based. The GUI interface shall be
based on the LSOG and utilizes a WEB standard technology, Hyper Text Markup
Language (HTML), JAVA and the Transmission Control Protocol/Internet Protocol
(TCP/IP) to transmit messages.
12.1.4 Functions Pre Ordering - Qwest will provide real time, electronic access
to pre-order functions to support CLEC's ordering via the electronic interfaces described
herein. Qwest will make the following real time pre-order functions available to CLEC:
12.1.4.Features, services and Primary Interexchange Carrier (PIC)
options for IntraLATA toll and InterLATA toll available at a valid service address;
12.1.4.Access to Customer Service Records (CSRs) for Qwest retail or
resale End User Customers. The information will include Billing name, service
address, Billing address, service and feature subscription, Directory Listing
information , and long distance Carrier identity;
12.1.4.Telephone number request and selection;
12.1.4.4 Reservation of appointments for service installations requiring
the dispatch of a Qwest technician on a non-discriminatory basis;
12.1.4.Information regarding whether dispatch is required for service
installation and available installation appointments;
12.1.4.Service address verification;
12.1.4.For End User Customer locations, facility availability, Loop
qualification, including resale-DSL, and Loop make-up information, including, but
not limited to, Loop length, presence of Bridged Taps, repeaters, and loading
coils.
12.1.4.A list of valid available CFAs for Unbundled Loops.
12.1.4.A list of one to five (1-5) individual Meet Points or a range of
Meet Points for shared Loops.
12.1.4.10 Design Layout Record (DLR) Query which provides the layout
for the local portion of a circuit at a particular location where applicable.
12.Dial-Up Capabilities
12.Reserved for Future Use.
12.Reserved for Future Use.
12.When CLEC requests from Qwest more than fifty (50) SecurlDs
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
205
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (aSS)
. for use by CLEC Customer service representatives at a single CLEC location
CLEC shall use a T1 line instead of dial-up access at that location. If CLEC is
obtaining the line from Qwest, then CLEC shall be able to use SECURIDs until
such time as Qwest provisions the T1 line and the line permits pre-order and
order information to be exchanged between Qwest and CLEC.
12.Access Service Request (ASR) Ordering Process
12.Qwest shall provide a computer-to-computer batch file interface
for submission of ASRs based upon the OBF Access Service Order Guidelines
(ASOG). Qwest shall supply exceptions to these guidelines in writing
sufficient time for CLEC to adjust system requirements.
12.Facility Based EDI Listing Process -- Qwest shall provide a Facility
Based EDI Listing interface to enable CLEC listing data to be translated and passed into
the Qwest listing database. This interface is based upon OBF LSOG and ANSI ASC
X12 standards. Qwest shall supply exceptions to these guidelines/standards in writing
in sufficient time for CLEC to adjust system requirements.
12.Qwest will establish interface contingency plans and disaster recovery
plans for the interfaces described in this Section. Qwest will work cooperatively with
CLECs through the CMP process to consider any suggestions made by CLEC
improve or modify such plans. CLEC specific requests for modifications to such plans
will be negotiated and mutually agreed upon between Qwest and CLEC.
12.Ordering and Provisioning - Qwest will provide access to ordering and
status functions. CLEC will populate the service request to identify what features
services, or elements it wishes Qwest to provision in accordance with Qwest's published
business rules.
12.Qwest shall provide all Provisioning services to CLEC during the
same business hours that Qwest provisions services for its End User Customers.
Qwest will provide out-of-hours Provisioning services to CLEC on a non-
discriminatory basis as it provides such Provisioning services to itself, its End
User Customers, its Affiliates or any other Party. Qwest shall disclose the
business rules regarding out-of-hours Provisioning on its wholesale website.
12.When CLEC places an electronic order Qwest will provide
CLEC with an electronic Firm Order Confirmation notice (FOC). The FOC will
follow industry-standard formats and contain the Qwest Due Date for order
completion. Upon completion of the order, Qwest will provide CLEC with an
electronic completion notice which follows industry-standard formats and which
states when the order was completed. Qwest supplies two (2) separate
completion notices: 1) service order completion (SO C) which notifies CLEC that
the service order record has been completed, and 2) Billing completion that
notifies CLEC that the service order has posted to the Billing system.
12.When CLEC places a manual order, Qwest will provide CLEC
with a manual Firm Order Confirmation notice. The confirmation notice will
follow industry-standard formats. Upon completion of the order Qwest will
provide CLEC with a completion notice which follows industry-standard formats
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
206
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (aSS)
and which states when the order was completed. Qwest supplies two (2)
separate completion notices: 1) service order completion (SO C) which notifies
CLEC that the service order record has been completed, and 2) Billing
completion that notifies CLEC that the service order has posted to the Billing
system.
. 12.9.4 When CLEC places an electronic order Qwest shall provide
notification electronically of any instances when (1) Qwest's Committed Due
Dates are in jeopardy of not being met by Qwest on any service or (2) an order is
rejected. The standards for returning such notices are set forth in Section 20.
12.When CLEC places a manual order, Qwest shall provide
notification of any instances when (1) Qwest's Committed Due Dates are in
jeopardy of not being met by Qwest on any service or (2) an order is rejected.
The standards for returning such notices are set forth in Section 20.
12.Business rules regarding rejection of LSRs or ASRs are subject
to the provisions of Section 12.
12.Where Qwest provides installation on behalf of CLEC , Qwest
shall advise the CLEC End User Customer to notify CLEC immediately if the
CLEC End User Customer requests a service change at the time of installation.
12.2 Maintenance and Repair
12.Qwest shall provide electronic interface gateways, including an
Electronic Bonding interface and a GUI interface, for reviewing a Customer s trouble
history at a specific location, conducting testing of a Customer service where
applicable , and reporting trouble to facilitate the exchange of updated information and
progress reports between Qwest and CLEC while the Trouble Report (TR) is open and a
Qwest technician is working on the resolution. CLEC may also report trouble through
manual processes. For designed services, the TR will not be closed prior to verification
by CLEC that trouble is cleared.
12.3 Interface Availability
12.Qwest shall make its ass interfaces available to CLECs during the
hours listed in the Gateway Availability PIDs in Section 20.
12.Qwest shall notify CLECs in a timely manner regarding system downtime
through mass email distribution and pop-up windows as applicable.
12.4 Billing
12.2.4.For products billed out of the Qwest Interexchange Access Billing
System (lABS), Qwest will utilize the existing CABS/BaS format and technology for the
transmission of bills.
12.For products billed out of the Qwest Customer Record Information
System (CRIS), Qwest will utilize the existing EDI standard for the transmission of
monthly local Billing information. EDI is an established standard under the auspices of
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
207
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
the ANSI/ASC X12 Committee. A proper subset of this specification has been adopted
by the Telecommunications Industry Forum (TCIF) as the "811 Guidelines" specifically
for the purposes of Telecommunications Billing. Any deviance from these standards
and guidelines shall be documented and accessible to CLEC.
12.Outputs
Output information will be provided to CLEC in the form of bills, files, and reports. Bills will
capture all regular monthly and incremental/usage charges and present them in a summarized
format. The files and reports delivered to CLEC come in the following categories:
Usage Record File Line Usage Information
Loss and Completion Order Information
Category 11 Facility Based Line Usage Information
SAG/F AM Street Address/Facility Availability Information
12.Bills
12.CRIS Summary Bill - The CRIS Summary Bill represents
monthly summary of charges for most wholesale products sold by Qwest. This
bill includes a total of all charges by entity plus a summary of current charges
and adjustments on each sub-account. Individual sub-accounts are provided as
Billing detail and contain monthly, one-time charges and incremental/call detail
information. The Summary Bill provides one bill and one payment document for
CLEC. These bills are segmented by state and bill cycle. The number of bills
received by CLEC is dictated by the product ordered and the Qwest region in
which CLEC is operating.
12.lABS Bill - The lABS Bill represents a monthly summary of
charges. This bill includes monthly and one-time charges plus a summary of any
usage charges. These bills are segmented by product, LATA, Billing account
number (BAN) and bill cycle.
12.Files and Reports
12.Daily Usage Record File provides the accumulated set of call
information for a given Day as captured or recorded by the network Switches.
This file will be transmitted Monday through Friday, excluding Qwest holidays.
This information is a file of unrated Qwest originated usage messages and rated
CLEC originated usage messages. It is provided in A TIS standard Electronic
Message Interface (EMI) format. This EMI format is outlined in the document
SR-320; which can be obtained directly from A TIS. The Daily Usage Record File
contains multi-state data for the Data Processing Center generating this
information. Individual state identification information is contained with the
message detail. Qwest will provide this data to CLEC with the same level of
precision and accuracy it provides itself. This file will be provided for the
following list of products:
August 22, 2005/msd/DiECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-O50818-0009
208
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
Resale;
Unbundled Switch Port; and
UNE-P for POTS.
12.The charge for this Daily Usage Record File is contai~ed in Exhibit
A of this Agreement.
12.Routing of in-region IntraLA T A Collect, Calling Card , and Third
Number Billed Messages - Qwest will distribute in-region IntraLA T A collect
calling card , and third number billed messages to CLEC and exchange with other
CLECs operating in region in a manner consistent with existing inter-company
processing agreements. Whenever the daily usage information is transmitted to
a Carrier, it will contain these records for these types of calls as well.
12.2.4 Loss Report provides CLEC with a daily report that contains a
list of accounts that have had lines and/or services disconnected. This may
indicate that the End User Customer has changed CLECs or removed services
from an existing account. This report also details the order number, service
name and address, and date this change was made. Individual reports will be
provided for the following list of products:
Interim Number Portability;
Resale;
Unbundled Loop;
Unbundled Line Side Switch Port; and
UNE-P for POTS.
12.Completion Report provides CLEC with a daily report. This
report is used to advise CLEC that the order(s) for the service(s) requested is
complete. It details the order number, service name and address and date this
change was completed. Individual reports will be provided for the following list of
products:
Interim Number Portability;
Resale;
Unbundled Loop;
Unbundled Line Side Switch; and
UNE-P for POTS.
12.Category 11 Records are Exchange Message Records (EMR)
which provide mechanized record formats that can be used to exchange access
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
209
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
usage information between Qwest and CLEC. Category 1101 series records are
used to exchange detailed access usage information.
12.Category 1150 series records are used to exchange
summarized Meet Point Billed access minutes-of-use. Qwest will make
accessible to CLEC through electronic means the transmission method/media
types available for these mechanized records.
12.SAG/FAM Files. The SAG (Street Address Guide)/ FAM
(Features Availability Matrix) files contain the following information:
SAG provides Address and Serving Central Office Information.b) FAM provides USOCs and descriptions by state (POTS services
only), and USOC availability by NPA-NXX with the exception of Centrex.
InterLATA/lntraLATA Carriers by NPA-NXX.
These files are made available via a download process. They can be retrieved
by ftp (file transfer protocol), NOM connectivity, or a Web browser.
12.6 Change Management
Qwest agrees to maintain a change management process, known as the Change Management
Process (CMP), that is consistent with or exceeds industry guidelines, standards and practices
to address Qwest's ass, products and processes. The CMP shall include, but not be limited
, the following: (i) provide a forum for CLEC and Qwest to discuss CLEC and Qwest change
requests (CR), CMP notifications, systems release life cycles, and communications; (ii) provide
a forum for CLECs and Qwest to discuss and prioritize CRs, where applicable pursuant to
Exhibit G; (iii) develop a mechanism to track and monitor CRs and CMP notifications;
(iv) establish intervals where appropriate in the process; (v) processes by which CLEC impacts
that result from changes to Qwest's ass, products or processes can be promptly and
effectively resolved; (vi) processes that are effective in maintaining the shortest timeline
practicable for the receipt , development and implementation of all CRs; (vii) sufficient dedicated
Qwest processes to address and resolve in a timely manner CRs and other issues that come
before the CMP body; (viii) processes for ass Interface testing; (ix) information that is clearly
organized and readily accessible to CLECs, including the availability of web-based tools; (x)
documentation provided by Qwest that is effective in enabling CLECs to build an electronic
gateway; and (xi) a process for changing CMP that calls for collaboration among CLECs and
Qwest and requires agreement by the CMP participants. Pursuant to the scope and
procedures set forth in Exhibit G, Qwest will submit to CLECs through the CMP, among other
things, modifications to existing products and product and technical documentation available to
CLECs, introduction of new products available to CLECs , discontinuance of products available
to CLECs, modifications to pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, maintenance/repair or Billing
processes, introduction of pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, Maintenance/Repair or Billing
processes, discontinuance of pre-ordering, ordering/Provisioning, maintenance/repair or Billing
processes, modifications to existing OSS interfaces, introduction of new OSS interfaces, and
retirement of existing ass interfaces. Qwest will maintain as part of CMP an escalation process
so that CMP issues can be escalated to a Qwest representative authorized to make a final
decision and a process for the timely resolution of disputes. The governing document for CMP
known as the "Change Management Process," is attached as Exhibit G (the "CMP Document"
The CMP Document (Exhibit G) is the subject of ongoing negotiations between Qwest and
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
C DS-050818-0009
210
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
CLECs in the ongoing CMP redesign process. Not all of the sections of Exhibit G have been
discussed or considered during the ongoing CMP redesign process , and the CMP Document
will continue to be changed through those discussions. Exhibit G reflects the commitments
Qwest has made regarding maintaining its CMP. and Qwest commits to implement agreements
made in the CMP redesign process as soon as practicable after they are made. Following the
completion of the CMP Document, Exhibit will be subject to change through the CMP
process, as set forth in the CMP Document. Qwest will maintain the most current version of the
CMP Document on its wholesale website.
12.In the course of establishing operational ready system interfaces
between Qwest and CLEC to support local service delivery, CLEC and Qwest may need
to define and implement system interface specifications that are supplemental to
existing standards. CLEC and Qwest will submit such specifications to the appropriate
standards committee and will work towards their acceptance as standards.
12.
Exhibit G.
Release updates will be implemented pursuant to the CMP set forth
12.Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Agreement, the CMP
document attached as Exhibit G will be modified pursuant to the terms of Exhibit G , or
the procedures of the redesign process and incorporated as part of the Agreement
without requiring the execution or filing of any amendment to this Agreement.
12.7 CLEC Responsibilities for Implementation of OSS Interfaces
12.Before CLEC implementation can begin CLEC must completely and
accurately answer the New Customer Questionnaire as required in Section 3.
12.Once Qwest receives a complete and accurate New Customer
Questionnaire, Qwest and CLEC will mutually agree upon time frames for
implementation of connectivity between CLEC and the OSS interfaces.
12.8 Qwest Responsibilities for On-going Support for OSS Interfaces
Qwest will support previous EDI releases for six (6) months after the next subsequent EDI
release has been deployed. Qwest will use all reasonable efforts to provide sufficient support
to ensure that issues that arise in migrating to the new release are handled in a timely manner.
12.
new release.
Qwest will provide written notice to CLEC of the need to migrate to a
12.Qwest will provide an EDI Implementation Coordinator to work with
CLEC for business scenario re-certification , migration and data conversion strategy
definition.
12.Re-certification is the process by which CLEC demonstrates the ability to
generate correct functional transactions for enhancements not previously certified.
Qwest will provide the suite of tests for re-certification to CLEC with the issuance of the
disclosure document.
12.8.4 Qwest shall provide training mechanisms for CLEC to pursue in
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
211
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
educating its internal personnel. Qwest shall provide training necessary for CLEC to
use Qwest's OSS interfaces and to understand Qwest's documentation , including
Qwest's business rules.
12.CLEC Responsibilities for On-going Support for OSS Interfaces
12.If using the GUI interface CLEC will take reasonable efforts to train
CLEC personnel on the GUI functions that CLEC will be using.
12.An exchange protocol will be used to transport EDI formatted content.
CLEC must perform certification testing of exchange protocol prior to using the EDI
interface.
12.Qwest will provide CLEC with access to a stable testing environment
that mirrors production to certify that its ass will be capable of interacting smoothly and
efficiently with Qwest's OSS. Qwest has established the following test processes to
assure the implementation of a solid interface between Qwest and CLEC:
12.Connectivity Testing CLEC and Qwest will conduct
connectivity testing. This test will establish the ability of the trading partners tosend and receive EDI messages effectively. This test verifies the
communications between the trading partners. Connectivity is established
during each phase of the implementation cycle. This test is also conducted prior
to controlled production and before going live in the production environment if
CLEC or Qwest has implemented environment changes when moving into
prod uction.
12.2 Stand-Alone Testing Environment ("SATE") - Qwest's stand-
alone testing environment will take pre-order and order requests, pass them to
the stand-alone database, and return responses to CLEC during its development
and implementation of ED!. The SATE provides CLEC the opportunity to
validate its technical development efforts built via Qwest documentation without
the need to schedule test times. This testing verifies CLEC'ability to send
correctly formatted EDI transactions through the EDI system edits successfully
for both new and existing releases. SATE uses test account data supplied by
Qwest. Qwest will make additions to the test beds and test accounts as it
introduces new ass electronic interface capabilities, including support of new
products and services, new interface features, and functionalities. All SATE pre-
order queries and orders are subjected to the same edits as production pre-order
and order transactions. This testing phase is optional.
12.Interoperability Testing - CLEC has the option of participating
with Qwest in Interoperability testing to provide CLEC with the opportunity to
validate technical development efforts and to quantify processing results.
Interoperability testing verifies CLEC's ability to send correct EDI transactions
through the EDI system edits successfully. Interoperability testing requires the
use of valid data in Qwest production systems. All Interoperability pre-order
queries and order transactions are subjected to the same edits as production
orders. This testing phase is optional when CLEC has conducted Stand-Alone
Testing successfully. Qwest shall process pre-order transactions in Qwest'
production ass and order transactions through the business processing layer of
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
212
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
the EDI interfaces.
12.3.4 Controlled Production - Qwest and CLEC will perform controlled
production. The controlled production process is designed to validate the ability
of CLEC to transmit EDI data that completely meets X12 standards definitions
and complies with all Qwest business rules. Controlled production consists of
the controlled submission of actual CLEC production requests to the Qwest
production environment. Qwest treats these pre-order queries and orders as
production pre-order and order transactions. Qwest and CLEC use controlled
production results to determine operational readiness. Controlled production
requires the use of valid account and order data. All certification orders are
considered to be live orders and will be provisioned.
12.If CLEC is using EDI , Qwest shall provide CLEC with a pre-
allotted amount of time to complete certification of its business scenarios. Qwest
will allow CLEC a reasonably sufficient amount of time during the day and a
reasonably sufficient number of days during the week to complete certification of
its business scenarios consistent with the CLEC's business plan. It is the sole
responsibility of CLEC to schedule an appointment with Qwest for certification of
its business scenarios. CLEC must make every effort to comply with the agreed
upon dates and times scheduled for the certification of its business scenarios. If
the certification of business scenarios is delayed due to CLEC, it is the sole
responsibility of CLEC to schedule new appointments for certification of its
business scenarios. Qwest will make reasonable efforts to accommodate CLEC
schedule. Conflicts in the schedule could result in certification being delayed. If
a delay is due to Qwest, Qwest will honor CLEC's schedule through the use of
alternative hours.
12.9.4 If CLEC is using the EDI interface, CLEC must work with Qwest to
certify the business scenarios that CLEC will be using in order to ensure successful
transaction processing. Qwest and CLEC shall mutually agree to the business
scenarios for which CLEC requires certification. Certification will be granted for the
specified release of the EDI interface. If CLEC is certifying multiple products or
services CLEC has the option of certifying those products or services serially or in
parallel where Technically Feasible.
12.9.4.For a new software release or upgrade, Qwest will provide
CLEC a stable testing environment that mirrors the production environment in
order for CLEC to test the new release. For software releases and upgrades
Qwest has implemented the testing processes set forth in Section 12.
12.3 and 12.3.4.
12.New releases of the EDI interface may require re-certification of some or
all business scenarios. A determination as to the need for re-certification will be made
by the Qwest coordinator in conjunction with the release manager of each IMA EDI
release. Notice of the need for re-certification will be provided to CLEC as the new
release is implemented. The suite of re-certification test scenarios will be provided to
CLEC with the disclosure document. If CLEC is certifying multiple products or services,
CLEC has the option of certifying those products or services serially or in parallel , where
Technically Feasible.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
213
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
12.CLEC will contact the Qwest EDI Implementation Coordinator to initiate
the migration process. CLEC may not need to certify to every new EDI release
however, CLEC must complete the re-certification and migration to the new EDI release
within six (6) months of the deployment of the new release. CLEC will use reasonable
efforts to provide sufficient support and personnel to ensure that issues that arise in
migrating to the new release are handled in a timely manner.
12.The following rules apply to initial development and certification
of EDI interface versions and migration to subsequent EDI interface versions:
12.Stand Alone and/or Interoperability testing must begin
on the prior release before the next release is implemented. Otherwise
CLEC will be required to move its implementation plan to the next
release.
12.New EDI users must be certified and in production with
at least one product and one order activity type on a prior release two (2)
months after the implementation of the next release. Otherwise, CLEC
will be required to move its implementation plan to the next release.
12.Any EDI user that has been placed into production on
the prior release not later than two (2) months after the next release
implementation may continue certifying additional products and activities
until two (2) months prior to the retirement of the release. To be placed
into production, the products/order activities must have been tested in the
SATE or Interoperability environment before two (2) months after the
implementation of the next release.
12.CLEC will be expected to execute the re-certification test cases in the
stand alone and/or Interoperability test environments. CLEC will provide Purchase
Order Numbers (PONs) of the successful test cases to Qwest.
12.In addition to the testing set forth in other sections of Section 12.
upon request by CLEC, Qwest shall enter into negotiations for comprehensive
production test procedures. In the event that agreement is not reached , CLEC shall be
entitled to employ, at its choice, the Dispute Resolution procedures of this Agreement or
expedited resolution through request to the state Commission to resolve any
differences. In such cases CLEC shall be entitled to testing that is reasonably
necessary to accommodate identified business plans or operations needs, accounting
for any other testing relevant to those plans or needs. As part of the resolution of such
dispute, there shall be considered the issue of assigning responsibility for the costs of
such testing. Absent finding that the test scope and activities address issues of
common interest to the CLEC community, the costs shall be assigned to the CLEC
requesting the test procedures
12.Reserved for Future Use.
12.CLEC Support
12.10.Qwest shall provide documentation and assistance for CLEC to
understand how to implement and use all of the available ass functions. Qwest shall
August 22 , 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/lD
CDS-050818-0009
214
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
provide to CLEC in writing any internal business rules and other formatting information
necessary to ensure that CLEC's requests and orders are processed efficiently. This
assistance will include, but is not limited to, contacts to the CLEC account team,
training, documentation, and CLEC Help Desk. Qwest will also supply CLEC with an
escalation level contact list in the event issues are not resolved via contacts to the CLEC
account team, training, documentation and CLEC Help Desk.
12.10.CLEC Help Desk
12.10.The CLEC Systems Help Desk will provide a single point of
entry for CLEC to gain assistance in areas involving connectivity, system
availability, and file outputs. The CLEC Systems Help Desk areas are further
described below.
12.10.Connectivity covers trouble with CLEC's access to the
Qwest system for hardware configuration requirements with relevance to
EDI and GUI interfaces; software configuration requirements with
relevance to EDI and GUI interfaces; modem configuration requirements,T1 configuration and dial-in string requirements firewall access
configuration, SecurlD configuration Profile Setup, and password
verification.
12.10.System Availability covers system errors generated
during an attempt by CLEC to place orders or open trouble reports
through EDI and GUI interfaces. These system errors are limited to:
Resale/POTS; UNE POTS; Design Services and Repair.
12.10.File Outputs covers CLEC's output files and reports
produced from its usage and order activity. File outputs system errors
are limited to: Daily Usage File; Loss / Completion File, lABS Bill, CRIS
Summary Bill, Category 11 Report and SAG/F AM Reports.
12.10.Additional assistance to CLEC is available through various public web
sites. These web sites provide electronic interface training information and user
documentation and technical specifications and are located on Qwest's wholesale web
site. Qwest will provide Interconnect Service Center Help Desks which will provide a
single point of contact for CLEC to gain assistance in areas involving order submission
and manual processes.
12.11 Compensation/Cost Recovery
Recurring and nonrecurring ass startup charges , as applicable, will be billed at rates set forth
in Exhibit A. Any such rates will be consistent with Existing Rules. Qwest shall not impose any
recurring or nonrecurring OSS start up charges unless and until the Commission authorizes
Qwest to impose such charges and/or approves applicable rates at the completion of
appropriate cost docket proceedings.
12.Maintenance and Repair
12.1 Service Levels
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
215
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
12.Qwest will provide repair and maintenance for all services covered by
this Agreement in substantially the same time and manner as that which Qwest provides
for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party. Qwest shall provide
CLEC repair status information in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest
provides for its retail services.
12.During the term of this Agreement, Qwest will provide necessary
maintenance business process support to allow CLEC to provide similar service quality
to that provided by Qwest to itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates , or any other
party.
12.Qwest will perform repair service that is substantially the same in
timeliness and quality to that which it provides to itself, its End User Customers , its.
Affiliates, or any other party. Trouble calls from CLEC shall receive response time
priority that is substantially the same as that provided to Qwest its End User
Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party and shall be handled in a nondiscriminatory
manner.
12.1.4 During the performance of Maintenance and Repair services, neither
Party shall make disparaging remarks about the other Party. Neither Party shall provide
information about its own products or services to End User Customers of the other Party
during performance of maintenance and repair services; however, nothing in this
Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit either Party from discussing its own products
and services with End User Customers of the other Party seeking such information.
12.2 Branding
12.Qwest shall use unbranded Maintenance and Repair forms while
interfacing with CLEC End User Customers. Upon request, Qwest shall use CLEC
provided and branded Maintenance and Repair forms. Qwest may not unreasonably
interfere with branding by CLEC.
12.Except as specifically permitted by CLEC, in no event shall Qwest
provide information to CLEC subscribers about CLEC or CLEC product or services.
12.This section shall confer on Qwest no rights to the service marks,
trademarks and trade names owned by or used in connection with services offered by
CLEC or its Affiliates, except as expressly permitted by CLEC.
12.3 Service Interruptions
12.The characteristics and methods of operation of any circuits, facilities or
equipment of either Party connected with the services , facilities or equipment of the
other Party pursuant to this Agreement shall not: 1) interfere with or impair service over
any facilities of the other Party, its affiliated companies, or its connecting and concurring
Carriers involved in its services; 2) cause damage to the plant of the other Party, its
affiliated companies, or its connecting concurring Carriers involved in its services;
violate any Applicable Law or regulation regarding the invasion of privacy of any
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009 216
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
communications carried over the Party facilities; or 4) create hazards to the
employees of either Party or to the public. Each of these requirements is hereinafter
referred to as an "Impairment of Service
12.If it is confirmed that either Party is causing an Impairment of Service, as
set forth in this Section, the Party whose network or service is being impaired (the
Impaired Party) shall promptly notify the Party causing the Impairment of Service (the
Impairing Party) of the nature and location of the problem. The Impaired Party shall
advise the Impairing Party that, unless promptly rectified , a temporary discontinuance of
the use of any circuit, facility or equipment may be required. The Impairing Party and
the Impaired Party agree to work together to attempt to promptly resolve the Impairment
of Service. If the Impairing Party is unable to promptly remedy the Impairment of
Service , the Impaired Party may temporarily discontinue use of the affected circuit
facility or equipment.
12.If it is confirmed that either Party is causing an Impairment of Service, as
set forth in this Section , the Party whose network or service is being impaired (the
Impaired Party) shall promptly notify the Party causing the Impairment of Service (the
Impairing Party) of the nature and location of the problem. The Impairing Party and the
Impaired Party agree to work together to attempt to promptly resolve the Impairment of
Servi ce.
12.To facilitate trouble reporting and to coordinate the repair of the service
provided by each Party to the other under this Agreement, each Party shall designate a
repair center for such service.
12.3.4 Each Party shall furnish a trouble reporting telephone number for the
designated repair center. This number shall give access to the location where records
are normally located and where current status reports on any trouble reports are readily
available. If necessary, alternative out-of-hours procedures shall be established
ensure access to a location that is staffed and has the authority to initiate corrective
action.
12.Before either Party reports a trouble condition , it shall use its best efforts
to isolate the trouble to the other s facilities.
12.In cases where a trouble condition affects a significant portion of
the other s service, the Parties shall assign the same priority provided to CLEC
as itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates , or any other party.
12.The Parties shall cooperate in isolating trouble conditions.
12.4 Trouble Isolation
12.3.4.CLEC is responsible for its own End User Customer base and will have
the responsibility for resolution of any service trouble report( s) from its End User
Customers. CLEC will perform trouble isolation on services it provides to its End User
Customers to the extent the capability to perform such trouble isolation is available to
CLEC, prior to reporting trouble to Qwest. CLEC shall have access for testing purposes
at the Demarcation Point, NID , Point of Interface or such other test points as are
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/lD
CDS-050818-0009
217
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
identified in this Agreement or applicable Qwest publications. Qwest will work
cooperatively with CLEC to resolve trouble reports when the trouble condition has been
isolated and found to be within a portion of Qwest's network. Qwest and CLEC will
report trouble isolation test results to the other. Each Party shall be responsible for the
costs of performing trouble isolation on its facilities, subject to Sections 12.3.4.2 and
12.3.4.
12.3.4.When CLEC requests that Qwest perform trouble isolation with CLEC, a
Maintenance of Service charge will apply if the trouble is found to be on the End User
Customer s side of the Demarcation Point. If the trouble is found to be on Qwest's side
of the Demarcation Point, Qwest will credit CLEC a Maintenance of Service charge or
CLEC's actual costs, whichever is less, pursuant to Section 12.3.4.4. If the trouble is on
the End User Customer s side of the Demarcation Point , and the CLEC authorizes
Qwest to repair trouble on CLEC's behalf, Qwest will charge CLEC the appropriate
Additional Labor Charge set forth in Exhibit A in addition to the Maintenance of Service
charge.
12.3.4.When CLEC elects not to perform trouble isolation and Qwest performs
tests at CLEC's request, a Maintenance of Service Charge shall apply if the trouble is
not in Qwest's facilities, including Qwest's facilities leased by CLEC. Maintenance of
Service charges are set forth in Exhibit A. When trouble is found on Qwest's side of the
Demarcation Point, or Point of Interface during the investigation of the repeat Trouble
Report submitted within the time frame as set forth in Section 12.3.4.4 for the same line
or circuit, Maintenance of Service charges shall not apply.
12.3.4.4 Where Qwest has billed CLEC for Maintenance of Service charges for a
CLEC Trouble Report, Qwest will remove such Maintenance of Service charge from
CLEC's account and CLEC may bill Qwest for its repeat dispatch( es) to recover a
Maintenance of Service charge or CLEC's actual costs , whichever is less , if all of the
following conditions are met:
the repeat Trouble Report(s) is the same trouble as the prior Trouble
Report (Repeat Trouble) as is demonstrated by CLEC'test results
isolated between consecutive CLEC access test points; and
the Repeat Trouble is reported within three (3) business days of the prior
trouble ticket closure; and
the Repeat Trouble has been found to be in facilities owned or
maintained by Qwest or Qwest facilities leased by CLEC; and
CLEC has provided the circuit specific test results on the prior and
Repeat Trouble that indicates there is trouble in Qwest's network
consistent with the CLEC efficient use of space available for the purposes
of providing test results on the Qwest standard trouble ticket form (If
CLEC does not provide test results, Qwest will bill and CLEC will pay for
optional testing where applicable); and
CLEC's demonstration of its technician dispatch on the prior and Repeat
Trouble; provided that such demonstration is sufficient when documented
August 22 , 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
218
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
by CLEC's records that are generated and maintained in the ordinary
course of CLEC's business.
12.5 Inside Wire Maintenance
Except where specifically required by state or federal regulatory mandates Qwest will not
perform any maintenance of inside wire (premises wiring beyond the End User Customer
Demarcation Point) for CLEC or its End User Customers.
12.6 Testing/Test Requests/Coordinated Testing/UNEs
12.Where CLEC does not have the ability to diagnose and isolate trouble
on a Qwest line , circuit, or service provided in this Agreement that CLEC is utilizing to
serve an End User Customer, Qwest will conduct testing, to the extent testing
capabilities are available to Qwest, to diagnose and isolate a trouble in substantially the
same time and manner that Qwest provides for itself, its End User Customers, its
Affiliates , or any other party.
12.Prior to Qwest conducting a test on a line, circuit, or service provided in
this Agreement that CLEC is utilizing to serve an End User Customer, Qwest must
receive a trouble report from CLEC.
12.On manually reported trouble for non-designed services Qwest will
provide readily available test results to CLEC or test results to CLEC in accordance with
any applicable Commission rule for providing test results to End User Customers or
CLECs. On manually reported trouble for designed services provided in this
Agreement Qwest will provide CLEC test results upon request. For electronically
reported trouble, Qwest will provide CLEC with the ability to obtain basic test results in
substantially the same time and manner that Qwest provides for itself, its End User
Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
12.6.4 CLEC shall isolate the trouble condition to Qwest's portion of the line
circuit, or service provided in this Agreement before Qwest accepts a trouble report for
that line, circuit or service. Once Qwest accepts the trouble report from CLEC, Qwest
shall process the trouble report in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest
does for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
12.Qwest shall test to ensure electrical continuity of all UNEs, including
Central Office Demarcation Point, and services it provides to CLEC prior to closing a
trouble report.
12.7 Work Center Interfaces
12.Qwest and CLEC shall work cooperatively to develop positive, close
working relationships among corresponding work centers involved in the trouble
resolution processes.
12.8 Misdirected Repair Calls
August 22 , 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
219
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
12.CLEC and Qwest will employ the following procedures for handling
misdirected repair calls:
12.CLEC and Qwest will provide their respective End User
Customers with the correct telephone numbers to call for access to their
respective repair bureaus.
12.End User Customers of CLEC shall be instructed to report all
cases of trouble to CLEC. End User Customers of Qwest shall be instructed to
report all cases of trouble to Qwest.
12.To the extent the correct provider can be determined
misdirected repair calls will be referred to the proper provider of Basic Exchange
Telecommunications Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be
deemed to prohibit Qwest or CLEC from discussing its products and services
with CLEC's or Qwest's End User Customers who call the other Party seeking
such information.
12.1.4 CLEC and Qwest will provide their respective repair contact
numbers to one another on a reciprocal basis.
12.In responding to repair calls, CLEC's End User Customers
contacting Qwest in error will be instructed to contact CLEC; and Qwest's End
User Customers contacting CLEC in error will be instructed to contact Qwest.
responding to calls, neither Party shall make disparaging remarks about each
other. To the extent the correct provider can be determined, misdirected calls
received by either Party will be referred to the proper provider of local Exchange
Service; however, nothing in this Agreement shall be deemed to prohibit Qwest
or CLEC from discussing its products and services with CLEC's or Qwest's End
User Customers who call the other Party seeking such information.
12.9 Major Outages/Restoral/Notification
12.Qwest will notify CLEC of major network outages in substantially the
same time and manner as it provides itself, its End User Customers , its Affiliates, or any
other party. This notification will be via e-mail to CLEC's identified contact. With the
minor exception of certain Proprietary Information such as Customer information, Qwest
will utilize the same thresholds and processes for external notification as it does for
internal purposes; This major outage information will be sent via e-mail on the same
schedule as is provided internally within Qwest. The email notification schedule shall
consist of initial report of abnormal condition and estimated restoration time/date
abnormal condition updates, and final disposition. Service restoration will be non-
discriminatory, and will be accomplished as quickly as possible according to Qwest
and/or industry standards.
12.Qwest will meet with associated personnel from CLEC to share contact
information and review Qwest's outage restoral processes and notification processes.
12.Qwest's emergency restoration process operates on a 7X24 basis.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
220
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
12.Protective Maintenance
12.10.Qwest will perform scheduled maintenance of substantially the same
type and quality to that which it provides to itself, its End User Customers , its Affiliates
or any other party.
12.10.Qwest will work cooperatively with CLEC to develop industry-wide
processes to provide as much notice as possible to CLEC of pending maintenance
activity. Qwest shall provide notice of potentially CLEC Customer impacting
maintenance activity, to the extent Qwest can determine such impact, and negotiate
mutually agreeable dates with CLEC in substantially the same time and manner as it
does for itself, its End User Customers , its Affiliates, or any other party.
12.10.Qwest shall advise CLEC of non-scheduled maintenance , testing,
monitoring, and surveillance activity to be performed by Qwest on any services
including, to the extent Qwest can determine, any hardware, equipment, software, or
system providing service functionality which may potentially impact CLEC and/or CLEC
End User Customers. Qwest shall provide the maximum advance notice of such non-
scheduled maintenance and testing activity possible, under the circumstances; provided
however, that Qwest shall provide emergency maintenance as promptly as possible to
maintain or restore service and shall advise CLEC promptly of any such actions it takes.
12.Hours of Coverage
12.11.Qwest's repair operation is seven (7) Days a week, twenty-four (24)
hours a day. Not all functions or locations are covered with scheduled employees on a
7X24 basis. Where such 7X24 coverage is not available, Qwest's repair operations
center (always available 7X24) can call-out technicians or other personnel required for
the identified situation.
12.Escalations
12.12.Qwest will provide trouble escalation procedures to CLEC. Such
procedures will be substantially the same type and quality as Qwest employs for itself
its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party. Qwest escalations are manual
processes.
12.12.Qwest repair escalations may be initiated by either calling the trouble
reporting center or through the electronic interfaces. Escalations sequence through five
tiers: tester, duty supervisor, manager, director, vice president. The first escalation
point is the tester. CLEC may request escalation to higher tiers in its sole discretion.
Escalations status is available through telephone and the electronic interfaces.
12.12.Qwest shall handle chronic troubles on non-designed services, which
are those greater than three (3) troubles in a rolling thirty (30) Day period , pursuant to
Section 12.
12.Dispatch
12.13.Qwest will provide maintenance dispatch personnel in substantially the
same time and manner as it provides for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
C DS-050818-0009
221
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
any other party.
12.13.Upon the receipt of a trouble report from CLEC, Qwest will follow internal
processes and industry standards, to resolve the repair condition. Qwest will dispatch
repair personnel on occasion to repair the condition. It will be Qwest's decision whether
or not to send a technician out on a dispatch. Qwest reserves the right to make this
dispatch decision based on the best information available to it in the trouble resolution
process. It is not always necessary to dispatch to resolve trouble; should CLEC require
a dispatch when Qwest believes the dispatch is not necessary, appropriate charges will
be billed by Qwest to CLEC for those dispatch-related costs in accordance with Exhibit
A if Qwest can demonstrate that the dispatch was in fact unnecessary to the clearance
of trouble or the trouble is identified to be caused by CLEC facilities or equipment.
12.13.For POTS lines and designed service circuits, Qwest is responsible for
all Maintenance and Repair of the line or circuit and will make the determination to
dispatch to locations other than the CLEC Customer premises without prior CLEC
authorization. For dispatch to the CLEC Customer premises Qwest shall obtain prior
CLEC authorization with the exception of major outage restoration cable
rearrangements, and MTE terminal maintenance/replacement.
12.Electronic Reporting
12.14.CLEC may submit Trouble Reports through the Electronic Bonding or
GUI interfaces provided by Qwest.
12.14.The status of manually reported trouble may be accessed by CLEC
through electronic interfaces.
12.nterva Is/P a rity
12.15.Similar trouble conditions, whether reported on behalf of Qwest End
User Customers or on behalf of CLEC End User Customers , will receive commitment
intervals in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest provides for itself, its End
User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
12.Jeopardy Management
12.16.Qwest will notify CLEC, in substantially the same time and manner as
Qwest provides this information to itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates , or any
other party, that a trouble report commitment (appointment or interval) has been or is
likely to be missed. At CLEC option, notification may be sent by email or fax through the
electronic interface. CLEC may telephone Qwest repair center or use the electronic
interfaces to obtain jeopardy status.
12.Trouble Screening
12.17.CLEC shall screen and test its End User Customer trouble reports
completely enough to insure, to the extent possible, that it sends to Qwest only trouble
reports that involve Qwest facilities. For services and facilities where the capability to
test all or portions of the Qwest network service or facility rest with Qwest, Qwest will
make such capability available to CLEC to perform appropriate trouble isolation and
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
222
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
screening.
12.17.Qwest will cooperate with CLEC to show CLEC how Qwest screens
trouble conditions in its own centers, so that CLEC may employ similar techniques in its
centers.
12.Maintenance Standards
12.18.Qwest will cooperate with CLEC to meet the maintenance standards
outlined in this Agreement.
12.18.On manually reported trouble, Qwest will inform CLEC of repair
completion in substantially the same time and manner as Qwest provides to itself, its
End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party. On electronically reported trouble
reports the electronic system will automatically update status information, including
trouble completion, across the joint electronic gateway as the status changes.
12.End User Customer Interface Responsibilities
12.19.CLEC will be responsible for all interactions with its End User Customers
including service call handling and notifying its End User Customers of trouble status
and resolution.
12.19.All Qwest employees who perform repair service for CLEC End User
Customers will be trained in non-discriminatory behavior.
12.19.Qwest will recognize the designated CLEC/DLEC as the Customer of
record for all services ordered by CLEC/DLEC and will send all notices, invoices and
pertinent information directly to CLEC/DLEC. Except as otherwise specifically provided
in this Agreement, Customer of record shall be Qwest's single and sole point of contact
for all CLEC/DLEC Customers.
12.Repair Call Handling
12.20.Manually-reported repair calls by CLEC to Qwest will be answered with
the same quality and speed as Qwest answers calls from its own End User Customers.
12.Single Point of Contact
12.21.Qwest will provide a single point of contact for CLEC to report
maintenance issues and trouble reports seven (7) Days a week, twenty-four (24) hours
a day. A single 7X24 trouble reporting telephone number will be provided to CLEC for
each category of trouble situation being encountered.
12.Network Information
12.22.Qwest maintains an information database , available to CLEC for the
purpose of allowing CLEC to obtain information about Qwest's NPAs , LATAs , Access
Tandems and Central Offices.
12.22.This database is known as the ICONN database, available to CLEC via
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
223
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
Qwest's Web site.
12.22.
database.
CPNI information and NXX activity reports are also included in this
12.22.4 ICONN data is updated in substantially the same time and manner as
Qwest updates the same data for itself, its End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any
other party.
12.Maintenance Windows
12.23.Generally, Qwest performs major Switch maintenance activities off-
hours , during certain "maintenance windows Major Switch maintenance activities
include Switch conversions , Switch generic upgrades and Switch equipment additions.
12.23.Generally, the maintenance window is between 0:00 p.m. through 6:00
am Monday through Friday, and Saturday 0:00 p.m. through Monday 6:00 a.
Mountain Time. Although Qwest normally does major Switch maintenance during the
above maintenance window, there will be occasions where this will not be possible.
Qwest will provide notification of any and all maintenance activities that may impact
CLEC ordering practices such as embargoes, moratoriums, and quiet periods
substantially the same time and manner as Qwest provides this information to itself, its
End User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
12.23.Reserved for Future Use.
12.23.4 Planned generic upgrades to Qwest Switches are included in the ICONN
database , available to CLEC via Qwest's Web site.
12.Switch and Frame Conversion Service Order Practices
12.24.Switch Conversions. Switch conversion activity generally consists of the
removal of one Switch and its replacement with another. Generic Switch software or
hardware upgrades, the addition of Switch line and trunk connection hardware and the
addition of capacity to a Switch do not constitute Switch conversions.
12.24.Frame Conversions. Frame conversions are generally the removal and
replacement of one or more frames, upon which the Switch Ports terminate.
12.24.Conversion Date. The "Conversion Date is a Switch or frame
conversion planned day of cut-over to the replacement frame(s) or Switch. The actual
conversion time typically is set for midnight of the Conversion Date. This may cause the
actual Conversion Date to migrate into the early hours of the Day after the planned
Conversion Date.
12.24.4 Conversion Embargoes. A Switch or frame conversion embargo is the
time period that the Switch or frame Trunk Side facility connections are frozen to
facilitate conversion from one Switch or frame to another with minimal disruption to the
End User Customer or CLEC services. During the embargo period, Qwest will reject
orders for Trunk Side facilities (see Section 12.24.4.1) other than conversion orders
described in Section 12.24.4.3. Notwithstanding the foregoing and to the extent Qwest
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
224
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
provisions trunk or trunk facility related service orders for itself, its End User Customers,
its Affiliates, or any other party during embargoes , Qwest shall provide CLEC the same
capabilities.
12.24.4.ASRs for Switch or frame Trunk Side facility augments to
capacity or changes to Switch or frame Trunk Side facilities must be issued by
GLEC with a Due Date prior to or after the appropriate embargo interval as
identified in the ICONN database. Qwest shall reject Switch or frame Trunk Side
ASRs to augment capacity or change facilities issued by CLEC or Qwest, its End
User Customers, its Affiliates or any other party during the embargo period
regardless of the order s Due Date except for conversion ASRs described in
Section 12.24.4.
12.24.4.For Switch and Trunk Side frame conversions, Qwest shall
provide CLEC with conversion trunk group service requests (TGSR) no less than
ninety (90) Days before the Conversion Date.
12.24.4.For Switch and Trunk Side frame conversions, CLEC shall issue
facility conversion ASRs to Qwest no later than thirty (30) Days before the
Conversion Date for like-for-like , where CLEC mirrors their existing circuit design
from the old Switch or frame to the new Switch or frame, and sixty (60) Days
before the Conversion Date for addition of trunk capacity or modification of circuit
characteristics (Le., change of AMI to B8ZS).
12.24.Frame Embargo Period. During frame conversions, service orders and
ASRs shall be subject to an embargo period for services and facilities connected to the
affected frame. For conversion of trunks where CLEC mirrors their existing circuit
design from the old frame to the new frame on a like-for-like basis, such embargo period
shall extend from thirty (30) Days prior to the Conversion Date until five (5) Days after
the Conversion Date. If CLEC requests the addition of trunk capacity or modification of
circuit characteristics (Le., change of AMI to B8ZS) to the new frame , new facility ASRs
shall be placed , and the embargo period shall extend from sixty (60) Days prior to the
Conversion Date until five (5) Days after the Conversion Date. Prior to instituting an
embargo period Qwest shall identify the particular dates and locations for frame
conversion embargo periods in its ICONN database in substantially the same time and
manner as Qwest notifies itself, its End User Customers, Affiliates , or any other party.
12.24.Switch Embargo Period. During Switch conversions , service orders and
ASRs shall be subject to an embargo period for services and facilities associated with
the Trunk Side of the Switch. For conversion of trunks where CLEC mirrors their
existing circuit design from the old Switch to the new Switch on a like-for-like basis, such
embargo period shall extend from thirty (30) Days prior to the Conversion Date until five
(5) Days after the Conversion Date. If CLEC requests the addition of trunk capacity or
modification of circuit characteristics to the new Switch new facility ASRs shall be
placed , and the embargo period shall extend from sixty (60) Days prior to the
Conversion Date until five (5) Days after the Conversion Date. Prior to instituting an
embargo period Qwest shall identify the particular dates and locations for Switch
conversion embargo periods in its ICONN database in substantially the same time and
manner as Qwest notifies itself, its End User Customers, Affiliates, or any other party.
12.24.Switch and Frame Conversion Quiet Periods for LSRs. Switch and
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
225
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
frame conversion quiet periods are the time period within which LSRs may not contain
Due Dates , with the exception of LSRs that result in disconnect orders, including those
related to LNP orders, record orders, Billing change orders for non-switched products
and emergency orders.
12.24.LSRs of any kind issued during Switch or frame conversion
quiet periods create the potential for loss of End User Customer service due to
manual operational processes caused by the Switch or frame conversion.
LSRs of any kind issued during the Switch or frame conversion quiet periods will
be handled as set forth below, with the understanding that Qwest shall use its
best efforts to avoid the loss of End User Customer service. Such best efforts
shall be substantially the same time and manner as Qwest uses for itself, its End
User Customers, its Affiliates, or any other party.
12.24.The quiet period for Switch conversions, where no LSRs except
those requesting order activity described in 12.24.7 are processed for the
affected location , extends from five (5) Days prior to conversion until two (2)
Days after the conversion and is identified in the ICONN database.
12.24.The quiet period for frame conversions, where no LSRs except
those requesting order activity described in 12.24.7 are processed or the
affected location, extends from five (5) Days prior to conversion until two (2)
Days after the conversion.
12.24.7.4 LSRs, except those requesting order activity described in
12.24., (i) must be issued with a Due Date prior to or after the conversion
quiet period and (ii) may not be issued during the quiet period. LSRs that do not
meet these requirements will be rejected by Qwest.
12.24.LSRs requesting disconnect activity issued during the quiet
period , regardless of requested Due Date, will be processed after the quietperiod expires.
12.24.CLEC may request a Due Date change to a LNP related
disconnect scheduled during quiet periods up to 12:00 noon Mountain Time the
Day prior to the scheduled LSR Due Date. Such changes shall be requested by
issuing a supplemental LSR requesting a Due Date change. Such changes shall
be handled as emergency orders by Qwest.
12.24.CLEC may request a Due Date change to a LNP related
disconnect order scheduled during quiet periods after 12:00 noon Mountain Time
the Day prior to the scheduled LSR Due Date until 12 noon Mountain Time the
Day after the scheduled LSR Due Date. Such changes shall be requested by
issuing a supplemental LSR requesting a Due Date change and contacting the
Interconnect Service Center. Such changes shall be handled as emergency
orders by Qwest.
12.24.In the event that CLEC End User Customer service is
disconnected in error, Qwest will restore service in substantially the same time
and manner as Qwest does for itself, its End User Customers , its Affiliates, or
any other party. Restoration of CLEC End User Customer service will
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
226
Section 12
Access to Operational Support Systems (OSS)
handled through the LNP escalations process.
12.24.Switch Upgrades. Generic Switch software and hardware upgrades are
not subject to the Switch conversion embargoes or quiet periods described above.
such generic Switch or software upgrades require significant activity related to
translations, an abbreviated embargo and/or quiet period may be required. Qwest shall
implement service order embargoes and/or quiet periods during Switch l,Jpgrades in
substantially the same time and manner as Qwest does for itself its End User
Customers, its Affiliates, and any other party.
12.24.Switch Line and Trunk Hardware Additions. Qwest shall use its best
efforts to minimize CLEC service order impacts due to hardware additions and
modifications to Qwest's existing Switches. Qwest shall provide CLEC substantially the
same service order processing capabilities as Qwest provides itself, its End User
Customers, Affiliates , or any other party during such Switch hardware additions.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
227
Section 13
Access to Telephone Numbers
Section 13.0 - ACCESS TO TELEPHONE NUMBERS
CLEC does not intend to order Access to Telephone Numbers; however in the event
CLEC wishes to order Access to Telephone Numbers , the Parties will negotiate an
appropriate amendment to this Agreement.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
228
Section 14
Local Dialing Parity
Section 14.0 - LOCAL DIALING PARITY
CLEC does not intend to order Local Dialing Parity; however in the event CLEC wishes
to order Local Dialing Parity, the Parties will negotiate an appropriate amendment to this
Agreement.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
229
Section 15
Qwest Dex
Section 15.0 - Qwest Dex
CLEC does not intend to order Qwest Dex; however in the event CLEC wishes to order
Qwest Dex, the Parties will negotiate an appropriate amendment to this Agreement.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
230
Section 16
Referral Announcement
Section 16.0 - REFERRAL ANNOUNCEMENT
CLEC does not intend to order Referral Announcement; however in the event CLEC
wishes to order Referral Announcement, the Parties will negotiate an appropriate
amendment to this Agreement.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
C DS-050818-0009
231
Section 17
Bona Fide Request Process
Section 17.0 - BONA FIDE REQUEST PROCESS
17.Any request for Interconnection or access to an Unbundled Network Element or
ancillary service that is not already available as described in other sections of this Agreement
including but not limited to Exhibit F or any other interconnection agreement, Tariff or otherwise
defined by Qwest as a product or service shall be treated as a Bona Fide Request (BFR).
Qwest shall use the BFR Process to determine the terms and timetable for providing the
requested Interconnection, access to UNEs or ancillary services, and the technical feasibility of
new/different points of Interconnection. Qwest will administer the BFR Process in a non-
discriminatory manner.
17.A BFR shall be submitted in writing and on the appropriate Qwest form for BFRs.
CLEC and Qwest may work together to prepare the BFR form and either Party may request
that such coordination be handled on an expedited basis. This form shall be accompanied by
the processing fee specified in Exhibit A of this Agreement. Qwest will refund one-half (1/2) of
the processing fee if the BFR is cancelled within ten (10) business days of the receipt of the
BFR form. The form will request , and CLEC will need to provide, the following information, and
may also provide any additional information that may be reasonably necessary in describing
and analyzing CLEC's request:
17.technical description of each requested Network Element or
new/different points of Interconnection or ancillary services;
17.the desired interface specification;
17.each requested type of Interconnection or access;
17.2.4 a statement that the Interconnection or Network Element or ancillary
service will be used to provide a Telecommunications Service;
17.the quantity requested;
17.the specific location requested;
17.Intentionally Left Blank; and
17.Intentionally Left Blank.
17.Within two (2) business days of its receipt, Qwest shall acknowledge receipt of
the BFR and in such acknowledgment advise CLEC of missing information , if any, necessary to
process the BFR. Thereafter, Qwest shall promptly advise CLEC of the need for any additional
information required to complete the analysis of the BFR. If requested, either orally or in
writing, Qwest will provide weekly updates on the status of the BFR.
17.4 Within twenty-one (21) calendar Days of its receipt of the BFR and all information
necessary to process it, Qwest shall provide to CLEC an analysis of the BFR. The analysis
shall specify Qwest's conclusions as to whether or not the requested Interconnection or access
to an Unbundled Network Element complies with the unbundling requirements of the Act orstate law.
17.If Qwest determines during the twenty-one (21) Day period that a BFR does not
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
232
Section 17
Bona Fide Request Process
qualify as an Unbundled Network Element or Interconnection or ancillary service that is required
to be provided under the Act or state law, Qwest shall advise CLEC as soon as reasonably
possible of that fact, and Qwest shall promptly, but in no case later than the twenty-one (21)
Day period , provide a written report setting forth the basis for its conclusion.
17.If Qwest determines during such twenty-one (21) Day period that the BFR
qualifies under the Act or state law, it shall notify CLEC in writing of such determination within
ten (10) calendar Days, but in no case later than the end of such twenty-one (21) Day period.
17.As soon as feasible , but in any case within forty-five (45) calendar Days after
Qwest notifies CLEC that the BFR qualifies under the Act, Qwest shall. provide to CLEC a BFR
quote. The BFR quote will include, at a minimum, a description of each Interconnection
Network Element, and ancillary service, the quantity to be provided , any interface
specifications , and the applicable rates (recurring and nonrecurring) including the separately
stated development costs and construction charges of the Interconnection , Unbundled Network
Element or ancillary service and any minimum volume and term commitments required, and the
timeframes the request will be provisioned.
17.A CLEC has sixty (60) business days upon receipt of the BFR quote, to either
agree to purchase under the quoted price, or cancel its BFR.
17.If CLEC has agreed to minimum volume and term commitments under the
preceding paragraph, CLEC may cancel the BFR or volume and term commitment at any time,
but may be subject to termination liability assessment or minimum period charges.
17.10 If either Party believes that the other Party is not requesting, negotiating or
processing any BFR in good faith, or disputes a determination or quoted price or cost, it may
invoke the Dispute Resolution provision of this Agreement.
17.11 All time intervals within which a response is required from one Party to another
under this Section are maximum time intervals. Each Party agrees that it will provide all
responses to the other Party as soon as the Party has the information and analysis required to
respond, even if the time interval stated herein for a response is not over.
17.12 In the event CLEC has submitted a request for Interconnection, Unbundled
Network Elements or any combinations thereof, or ancillary services and Qwest determines in
accordance with the provisions of this Section 17 that the request is Technically Feasible
subsequent requests or orders for substantially similar types of Interconnection Unbundled
Network Elements or combinations thereof or ancillary services by CLEC shall not be subject to
the BFR process. To th~ extent Qwest has deployed or denied a substantially similar
Interconnection Unbundled Network Elements or combinations thereof or ancillary services
under a previous BFR, a subsequent BFR shall not be required and the BFR application fee
shall be refunded immediately. Qwest may only require CLEC to complete a New Product
Questionnaire before ordering such Interconnection, Unbundled Network Elements or
combinations thereof, or ancillary services. ICB pricing and intervals will still apply for requests
that are not yet standard offerings. For purposes of this Section 17., a "substantially similar
request shall be one with substantially similar characteristics to a previous request with respect
to the information provided pursuant to Subsections 17.1 through 17.8 of Section 17.
above. The burden of proof is upon Qwest to prove the BFR is not substantially similar to a
previous BFR.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
233
Section 17
Bona Fide Request Process
17.The total cost charged to CLEC shall not exceed the BFR quoted price.
17.14 Upon request Qwest shall provide CLEC with Qwest's supporting cost data
and/or studies for the Interconnection Unbundled Network Element or ancillary service that
CLEC wishes to order within seven (7) business days, except where Qwest cannot obtain a
release from its vendors within seven (7) business days, in which case Qwest will make the
data available as soon as Qwest receives the vendor release. Such cost data shall be treated
as Confidential Information , if requested by Qwest under the non-disclosure sections of thisAgreement.
17.15 Qwest will provide notice to CLECs of all BFRs which have been deployed or
denied , provided , however, that identifying information such as the name of the requesting
CLEC and the location of the request shall be removed. Qwest shall make available a topical
list of the BFRs that it has received with CLECs under the Agreement or an Interconnection
Agreement. The description of each item on that list shall be sufficient to allow CLEC to
understand the general nature of the product, service, or combination thereof that has been
requested and a summary of the disposition of the request as soon as it is made. Qwest shall
also be required upon the request of CLEC to provide sufficient details about the terms and
conditions of any granted requests to allow CLEC to take the same offering under substantially
identical circumstances. Qwest shall not be required to provide information about the request
initially made by CLEC whose BFR was granted , but must make available the same kinds of
information about what it offered . in response to the BFR as it does for other products or
services available under this Agreement. CLEC shall be entitled to the same offering terms and
conditions made under any granted BFR, provided that Qwest may require the use of ICB
pricing where it makes a demonstration to CLEC of the need therefore.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
234
Section 18
Audit Process
Section 18.0 - AUDIT PROCESS
18.Nothing in this Section 18 shall limit or expand the Audit provisions in the
Performance Assurance Plan ("PAP"
).
Nothing in the PAP shall limit or expand the Audit
provisions in this Section 18. For purposes of this section the following definitions shall apply:
18.1 "Audit" shall mean the comprehensive review of the books, records, and
other documents used in providing services under this Agreement. The term "Audit"
also applies to the investigation of company records, back office systems and databases
pertaining to Loop information.
18.2 "Examination" shall mean an inquiry into a specific element or process
related to the above. Commencing on the Effective Date of this Agreement, either Party
may perform Examinations as either Party deems necessary.
This Audit shall take place under the following conditions:18.
18.Either Party may request to perform an Audit or Examination.
18.The Audit or Examination shall occur upon thirty (30) business days
written notice by the requesting Party to the non-requesting Party.
18.The Audit or Examination shall occur during normal business hours.
However, such Audit will be conducted in a commercially reasonable manner and both
Parties will work to minimize disruption to the business operations of the Party being
audited.
18.2.4 There shall be no more than two (2) Audits requested by each Party
under this Agreement in any twelve (12) month period. Either Party may audit the other
Party s books, records and documents more frequently than twice in any twelve (12)
month period (but no more than once in each quarter) if the immediately preceding audit
found previously uncorrected net variances, inaccuracies or errors in invoices in the
audited Party s favor with an aggregate value of at least two percent (20/0) of the
amounts payable for the affected services during the period covered by the Audit.
18.The requesting Party may review the non-requesting Party s records
books and documents, as may reasonably contain information relevant to the operation
of this Agreement.
18.The location of the Audit or Examination shall be the location where the
requested records, books and documents are retained in the normal course of business.
18.All transactions under this Agreement which are over twenty-four (24)
months old will be considered accepted and no longer subject to Audit. The Parties
agree to retain records of all transactions under this Agreement for at least twenty-four
(24) months.
18.Audit or Examination Expenses
18.Each Party shall bear its own expenses in connection with
conduct of the Audit or Examination. The requesting Party will pay for the
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
235
Section 18
Audit Process
reasonable cost of special data extraction$ required by the Party to conduct the
Audit or Examination. For purposes of this section, a "Special Data Extraction
means the creation of an output record or informational report (from existing data
files) that is not created in the normal course of business. If any program is
developed to the requesting Party s specification and at that Party s expense, the
requesting Party will specify at the time of request whether the program is to be
retained by the other Party for reuse for any subsequent Audit or Examination.
18.Notwithstanding the foregoing, the non-requesting Party shall
pay all of the requesting Party s commercially reasonable expenses in the event
an Audit or Examination identifies a difference between the amount billed and
the amount determined by the Audit that exceeds five percent (50/0) of the
amount billed and results in a refund and/or reduction in the Billing to the
requesting Party.
18.The Party requesting the Audit may request that an Audit be conducted
by a mutually agreed-to independent auditor, which agreement will not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed by the non-requesting Party. Under this circumstance, the costs of
the independent auditor shall be paid for by the Party requesting the Audit subject to
Section 18.
18.10 In the event that the non-requesting Party requests that the Audit be
performed by an independent auditor, the Parties shall mutually agree to the selection of
the independent auditor. Under this circumstance, the costs of the independent auditor
shall be shared equally by the Parties. The portion of this expense borne by the
Auditing Party shall be borne by the Audited Party if the terms of Section 18.2 are
satisfied.
18.11 Adjustments, credits or payments will be made and any corrective action
must commence within thirty (30) Days after the Parties' receipt of the final Audit report
to compensate for any errors and omissions which are disclosed by such Audit or
Examination and are agreed to by the Parties. The interest rate payable shall be in
accordance with Commission requirements. In the event that any of the following
circumstances occur within thirty (30) business days after completion of the Audit or
Examination, they may be resolved at either Party s election, pursuant to the Dispute
Resolution Process; (i) errors detected by the Audit or Examination have not been
corrected; (ii) adjustments, credits or payments due as a result of the Audit or
Examination have not been made, or (iii) a dispute has arisen concerning the Audit or
Examination.
18.12 Neither the right to examine and Audit nor the right to receive an
adjustment will be affected by any statement to the contrary appearing on checks or
otherwise.
18.13 This Section will survive expiration or termination of this Agreement for a
period of two (2) years after expiration or termination of the Agreement.
18.All information received or reviewed by the requesting Party or the independent
auditor in connection with the Audit is to be considered Proprietary Information as defined by
this Agreement in Section 5.16. The non-requesting Party reserves the right to require any
non-employee who is involved directly or indirectly in any Audit or the resolution of its findings
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
236
Section 18
Audit Process
as described above to execute a nondisclosure agreement satisfactory to the non-requesting
Party. To the extent an Audit involves access to information of other competitors, CLEC and
Qwest will aggregate such competitors' data before release to the other Party, to insure the
protection of the proprietary nature of information of other competitors. To the extent a
competitor is an Affiliate of the Party being audited (including itself and its subsidiaries), the
Parties shall be allowed to examine such Affiliate s disaggregated data, as required by
reasonable needs of the Audit. Information provided in an Audit or Examination may only be
reviewed by individuals with a need to know such information for purposes of this Section 18
and who are bound by the nondisclosure obligations set forth in Section 5.16. In no case shall
the Confidential Information be shared with the Parties' retail marketing, sales or strategic
planning.
18.Either Party may request an Audit of the other s compliance with this
Agreement's measures and requirements applicable to limitations on the distribution
maintenance , and use of proprietary or other protected information that the requesting
Party has provided to the other. Those Audits shall not take place more frequently than
once in every three (3) years, unless cause is shown to support a specifically requested
Audit that would otherwise violate this frequency restriction. Examinations will not be
permitted in connection with investigating or testing such compliance. All those other
provisions of this Section 18 that are not inconsistent herewith shall apply, except that in
the case of these Audits, the Party to be audited may also request the use of an
independent auditor.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
237
Section 19
Construction Charges
Section 19.0 - CONSTRUCTION CHARGES
19.All rates, charges and initial service periods specified in this Agreement
contemplate the provision of network Interconnection services and access to Unbundled Loops
or ancillary services to the extent existing facilities are available. Except for modifications to
existing facilities necessary to accommodate Interconnection and access to Unbundled Loops
or ancillary services specifically provided for in this Agreement, Qwest will consider requests to
build additional or further facilities for network Interconnection and access to Unbundled Loops
or ancillary services, as described in the applicable section of this Agreement.
19.All necessary construction will be undertaken at the discretion of Qwest
consistent with budgetary responsibilities, consideration for the impact on the general body of
End User Customers and without discrimination among the various Carriers.
19.A quote for CLEC's portion of a specific job will be provided to CLEC. The quote
will be in writing and will be binding for ninety (90) business days after the issue date. When
accepted , CLEC will be billed the quoted price and construction will commence after receipt of
payment. If CLEC chooses not to have Qwest construct the facilities , Qwest reserves the right
to bill CLEC for the expense incurred for producing the engineered job design.19.4 In the event a construction charge is applicable, CLEC's service Application Date
will become the date upon which Qwest receives the required payment.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
238
Section 20
Service Performance
Section 20.0 - SERVICE PERFORMANCE
Performance Indicator Definitions (PI Os), in their current form, are included in Exhibit B of this
Agreement. Subsequent changes to these PIDs that are made by the Long Term PID
Administration or the Commission shall be incorporated into Exhibit B by reference.
Modifications of PIDs that apply to the Qwest Performance Assurance Plan (QPAP) shall be
made in accordance with Section 16.0 of Exhibit K.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/lD
C DS-050818-0009
239
Section 21
Network Standards
Section 21.0 - NETWORK STANDARDS
21.The Parties recognize that Qwest services and Network Elements have been
purchased and deployed, over time, to Telcordia and Qwest technical standards. Specification
of standards is built into the Qwest purchasing process, whereby vendors incorporate such
standards into the equipment Qwest purchases. Qwest supplements generally held industry
standards with Qwest Technical Publications.
21.The Parties recognize that equipment vendors may manufacture
Telecommunications equipment that does not fully incorporate and may differ from industry
standards at varying points in time (due to standards development processes and consensus)
and either Party may have such equipment in place within its network. Except where otherwise
explicitly stated within this Agreement, such equipment is acceptable to the Parties, provided
said equipment does not pose a security, service or safety hazard to Persons or property.
21.Generally accepted and developed industry standards which the Parties agree to
support include, but are not limited to:
21.Switching
GR 954-CORE LlDB
GR 2863-CORE AIN
GR 1428-CORE Toll Free Service
GR 1432-CORE TCAP
GR 317-CORE Call Control Using Integrated Services Digital User Part
(ISDNUP)
GR 905-CORE ISUP
GR 1357 -CORE Switched Fractional OS
GR 1298-CORE AIN Switching System Generic Requirements
GR 1299-CORE AIN Service Control Point Adjunct Interface Generic
Requirements
TR-NWT -001284 AIN 0.1 Switching System Generic Requirements
GR 905-CORE Common Channel Signaling Network Interface Specification
GR 1432-CORE CCS Network Interface Specification
Telcordia TR-TSY-000540, Issue 2R2
GR 305-CORE
GR 1429-CORE
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
240
Section 21
Network Standards
GR 2863-CORE
FR-64 LATA LSSGR
GR 334-CORE Switched Access Service
TR-NWT -000335 Voice Grade Special Access Services
TR-TSY-000529 Public LSSGR
TR-NWT -000505 LSSGR Call Processing
FR-NWT-000271 0SSGR
TR-NWT-001156 OSSGR Subsystem
SR-TSY-001171 System Reliability Analysis
21.Transport
T elcordia FR-440
TR-NWT -000499 (TSGR) Transport Systems Generic Requirements
GR 820-CORE Generic Transmission Surveillance; OS 1 and DS3 Performance
. 253-CORE Synchronous Optical Network Systems (SONET)
TR-NWT -000507 Transmission
TR-NWT -000776 NID for ISDN Subscriber Access
TR-INS-000342 High Capacity Digital Special Access Service
ST-TEC 000051 & 52 Telecommunications
Handbooks Volumes 1 & 2
Transmission Engineering
ANSI T1.102-1993 Digital Hierarchy- Electrical Interface, Annex B.
21.Loops
TR-NWT -000057 Functional Criteria for Digital Loop Carrier Systems Issue 2
TR-NWT -000393 Generic Requirements for ISDN Basic Access Digital
Subscriber Lines
GR 253-CORE SONET Common Generic Criteria
TR-NWT -000303 Integrated Digital Loop Carrier System Generic Requirements
TR-TSY-000673 Operations Interface for an IDLC System
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
241
Section 21
Network Standards
GR 303-CORE Issue Integrated Digital Loop Carrier System Generic
Requirements
TR-NWT -000393 Generic Requirements for ISDN Basic Access Digital
Subscriber Lines
TR-TSY-000008 Digital Interface Between the SLC 96 Digital Loop Carrier
System and a Local Digital Switch
TR-NWT -008 and 303
T A- TSY -000120 Subscriber Premises or Network Ground Wire
GR 49-CORE Generic Requirements for Outdoor Telephone Network Interface
Requirements
TR-NWT-000239 Indoor Telephone Network Interfaces
TR-NWT -000937 Generic Requirements for Outdoor and Indoor Building
Entrance
TR-NWT-000133 Generic Requirements for Network Inside Wiring
21.3.4 Local Number Portability
Number Portability Generic Switching and Signaling Requirements for Number
Portability, Issue 1., February 12, 1996 (Editor - Lucent Technologies, Inc.
Generic Requirements for SCP Application and' GTT Function for Number
Portability, Issue 0., Final Draft, September 4, 1996 (Editor - Ameritech Inc.
Generic Operator Services Switching Requirements for Number Portability, Issue
, Final Draft, April 12 , 1996 (Editor - Nortel);
ATIS, TRQ No., Technical Requirements for Number Portability Operator
Services Switching Systems, April 1999;
A TIS, TRQ No., Technical Requirements for Number Portability Switching
Systems, April 1999;
ATIS, TRQ No., Technical Requirements for Number Portability Database and
Global Title Translation, April 1999;
FCC First Report and Order and Further Notice of Proposed Rulemaking; FCC
96-286; CC Docket 95-116, RM 8535; Released July 2, 1996;
FCC First Memorandum Opinion and Order on Reconsideration; FCC 97-74; CC
Docket 95-116, RM 8535; Released March 11 , 1997.
FCC Second Report and Order FCC 97-298; CC Docket 95-116 RM 8535;
Released August 18 1997.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
242
Section 21
Network Standards
21 .4 The Parties will cooperate in the development of national standards for
Interconnection elements as the competitive environment evolves. Recognizing that there are
no current national standards for Interconnection Network Elements, Qwest has developed its
own standards for some Network Elements , including:
Qwest Interconnection - Unbundled Loop #77384
Expanded Interconnection and Collocation for Private Line Transport and Switched
Access Services - #77386
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport - #77389
Telecommunications Equipment Installation Guidelines - #77350.
21.Qwest Technical Publications have been developed to support service offerings
inform End User Customers and suppliers, and promote engineering consistency and
deployment of developing technologies. Qwest provides all of its Technical Publications at no
charge via website: http://www.qwest.com/techpub/.
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009
243
Section 22
Signature Page
Section 22.0 - SIGNATURE PAGE
By signing below, and in consideration of the mutual promises set forth herein , andother good and valuable consideration, the Parties agree to abide by the terms andconditions set forth in this Interconnection Agreement.
DIECA Communications, Inc. d/b/a
Covad Communications Company Qwest Corporation
Si9
AL/- reL
Signature
James A. Kirkland
Name PrintedfTyped L. T. Christensen
Name PrintedfTyped
Senior VP and General Counsel
Title
Date
~)d-4/0')
Director/Interconnection AQreements
Title
o/~/O~
Date
August 22, 2005/msd/DIECA Communications dba Covad/ID
CDS-050818-0009 244
Exhibit A
Idaho
Resale - Intentionally Left Blank
Interconnection - Intentionally Left Blank
Collocation
All Collocation
Planning and Engineering
Intentionally Left Blank
Cable Auament Quote Preparation Fee 284.
Entrance Facility
Standard Shared, per Fiber $5.44 $616.
Cross Connect, per Fiber $5.$722.
Express, per Cable $88.$9,009.
Cable SplicinQ
Fiber, per Set-$399.
Per Fiber Spliced $37.
1.4 Power Usage
1.4.48 Volt DC Power, per Ampere, per Month
1.4.Power Plant
1.4.Less Than 60 Amps $10.
1.4.1.2 Equal To or Greater Than 60 Amps $8.42
Power UsaQe
1.4.Less Than or Eaual To 60 Amps $2.47
1.4.Greater Than 60 Amps $4.
AC Power Feed
AC Power Feed, per Amp, per Month
120V $16.
208 V, SinQle Phase $27.
208 V, Three Phase $48.
1.4 240 V, SinQle Phase $32.
240 V, Three Phase $55.
480 V, Three Phase $111.
AC Power Feed, per Foot, per Month
20 Amp, Sinale Phase $0.0084 $7.43
20 Amp. Three Phase $0.0105 $9.
30 Amp, SinQle Phase $0.0091 $8.
2.4 30 Amp, Three Phase $0.0125 $11.
40 Amp, Single Phase $0.0107 $9.43
40 Amp, Three Phase $0.0147 $12.
50 Amp, Sinale Phase $0.0127 $11.
50 Amp, Three Phase $0.0177 $15.
60 Amp. SinQle Phase $0.0144 $12.
60 Amp, Three Phase $0.0204 $17.
100 Amp, Single Phase $0.0178 $15.
100 Amp, Three Phase $0.0277 $24.
Inspector Labor, per Half Hour
ReQular Hours Rate $28.
After Hours Rate, minimum 3 hours $37.
Channel Regeneration
DS1 ReQeneration $0.$0.
DS3 Reaeneration $0.$0.
Collocation Terminations
Shared Access
DSO
Cable Placement, per 100 Pair Block $0.2262 $208.
Cable Placement, per Termination $0.0090 $4.
Cable, per 100 Pair Block $0.3304 $304.
1.4 Cable, per Termination $0.0066 $4.
Blocks, per 100 Pair Block $0.5730 $528.42
Blocks, per Termination $0.0115 $8.
Block Placement, per 100 Pair Block $0.2381 $219.
Block Placement, per Termination $0.0048 $3,
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 1 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
DS1
Cable Placement, per 28 DS1s $0.4111 $362.
Cable Placement, per Termination $0.0442 $38.
Cable, per 28 DS1s $0.3993 $351.
2.4 Cable, per Termination $0.0429 $37.
Panel, per 28 DS1s $0.2742 $241.
Panel, per Termination $0.0330 $29.
2.7 Panel Placement, per 28 DS1s $0.0847 $74.
Panel Placement, per Termination $0.0091 $8.
DS3
Cable Placement, per Termination $0.1521 $134.
Cable, per Termination $0.2578 $227.
Panel! Connector, per Termination $0.2625 $231.
Panel! Connector Placement, per Termination $0.0204 $18.
1.4 Fiber Termination
Terminations, per 12 Fibers $26.513.
1.4.Additional Connector (if applicable)$0.47 $411.
1.4.Cable RackinQ - Shared, per 12 Fibers $26.47
1.4.4 Cable Racking - Dedicated $1.$1,433.
Security Charae
Per Emplovee, per Card $0.
Card Access, per Emplovee, per Central Office $7.
Composite Clock ! Central Office Synchronization
10.Synchronization - Composite Clock, per Port $7.44
Intentionally Left Blank
Space Availabilitv Charae $313.
Collocation Space Reservation Fee Charge will be
25% of
Nonrecurring
Fee
Collocation Space Option Administration Fee 107.
Collocation Space Option Fee, per Square Foot $2.
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Splitter Collocation
20.Tie Cable Reclassification ICB
20.Splitter Shelf CharQe $4.$503.
20.Enaineerina 079.
20.4 Splitter TIE Cable Connections
20.4.Splitter in the Common Area - Data to 410 Block $3.$2,689.
20.4.Splitter in the Common Area - Data Direct to CLEC $3.850.
20.4.Splitter on the IDF - Data to 410 Block $0.$834.
20.4.4 Splitter on the IDF- -Data Direct to CLEC $1.623.47
20.4.Splitter on the MDF - Data to 410 Block $0.$861.
20.4.Splitter on the MDF - Data Direct to CLEC $2.922.42
20.Splitter Charae ICB
Viewina Available Space (prior to Quote acceptance)$150.
Virtual Collocation
Plannina and EnQineerina Fees
Quote Preparation Fee $3,146.41
Maintenance Labor, per Half Hour
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 2 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
Reaular Hours Rate $29.
After Hours Rate $39.
Trainina Labor, per Half Hour
Reaular Hours Rate $29.
2.4 Bav Space
2.4.Equipment Bav, per She~$4.
2.4.Virtual Space Construction, Initial Bay Provided $20.$17 749.
2.4.Each Additional Bay Space $3.854.
2.4.4 Virtual Cable Rackina, per Shelf $0.$384.
Enaineerina Labor, per Half Hour
Reaular Hours Rate $32.
After Hours Rate $43.
Installation Labor, per Half Hour
Reaular Hours Rate $31.
After Hours Rate $41.
Rent
Floor Space Lease, per Square Foot $2.
Rent, per Shelf $4.
Intentionally Left Blank
Power Plant
48 DC Power Cable, per Cable
20 Amp Power Feed $4.$3,985.41
30 Amp Power Feed $5.537.
40 Amp Power Feed $6.$5,480.42
1.4 60 Amp Power Feed $11.$9,706.
100 Amp Power Feed $18.$16,370.
200 Amp Power Feed $34.$30,473.
8.2.300 Amp Power Feed $54.$47,917.
400 Amp Power Feed $77.$68 037.
Cageless Physical Collocation
Plannina and Enaineerina Fee
Quote Preparation Fee 146.41
Space Construction and Site Preparation
Site Preparation Fee ICB
2 Bays $23.$20,603.40
Intentionally Left Blank
2.4 Intentionally Left Blank
Space Construction for Each Additional Bay $3.854.
Adjustment for Sinale Bav - Chanae to Standard Desian ($3.($2 854.
-48 Volt DC Power Cable, per Feed
20 Amp Power Feed $4.$3,985.41
30 Amp Power Feed $5.$4,537.
40 Amp Power Feed $6.$5,480.42
60 Amp Power Feed $11.$9,706.
100 Amp Power Feed $18.$16,370.
200 Amp Power Feed $34.$30,473.
300 Amp Power Feed $54.$47 917.
400 Amp Power Feed $77.$68,037.
Floor Space Lease, per Square Foot $2.
Caaed Physical Collocation
8.4.Plannina and Enaineerina Fee
8.4.Quote Preparation Fee $3,185.
8.4.Space Construction and Site Preparation
8.4.Site Preparation Fee ICB
8.4.Intentionally Left Blank
8.4.Intentionally Left Blank
8.4.2.4 Space Construction
8.4.2.4.Caae Up to 100 SQ. Ft.$38.$33 927.
2.4.Caae - 101 to 200 SQ. Ft.$34.$30,113.
8.4.Caae - 201 to 300 SQ. Ft.$42.$37 154.
8.4.2.4.4 Cage - 301 to 400 Sq. Ft.$44.$38,922.
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 3 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
8.4.Intentionally Left Blank
8.4.-48 Volt DC Power Cable, per Feed
8.4.20 Amp Power Feed $5.954.
8.4.30 Amp Power Feed $6.20 $5,457.
8.4.40 Amp Power Feed $7.41 526.
8.4.6.4 60 Amp Power Feed $12.$10,772.
8.4.100 Amp Power Feed $19.$17 531.
8.4.200 AmD Power Feed $37.$32 634.
8.4.300 Amp Power Feed $58.$51,315.
8.4.400 Amp Power Feed $82.$72 861.
8.4.Space Construction - Fencing Credit
8.4.Cage Up to 100 Sq. Ft.$10.723.12)
8.4.Caqe 101 - 200 Sq. Ft.$12.70'135,
8.4.Caae 201 - 300 Sa. Ft.$14.47 $8,015.
8.4.3.4 Caqe 301 - 400 Sa. Ft.$16.851,
8.4.4 Floor Space Lease, per Square Foot $2.
8.4.Intentionally Left Blank
8.4.Intentionally Left Blank
8.4.Intentionally Left Blank
8.4.Groundina
8.4.2/0 AWG, per Foot $0.0097 $8.
8.4.1/0 AWG, per Foot $0.0170 $14.
8.4.4/0 AWG, per Foot $0.0200 $17.
8.4.8.4 350 kcmil, per Foot $0.0258 $22.
8.4.500 kcmil, per Foot $0.0299 $26.
8.4.750 kcmil, per Foot $0.0456 $40.
Adjacent Collocation ICB
Remote Collocation
Physical & Virtual Remote Collocation
SDace, per Standard Mounting Unit $0.$665.
FDI Terminations, per 25 Pair $0.$484.
Power Usaqe
Less Than or Equal To 60 Amps, per Amp (uses rate from $2.47
1.4.
1.4 Quote Preparation Fee $1,064.
Adjacent Remote Collocation
Adjacent Remote Collocation (New)Under
Development
Adjacent Remote Collocation (Existing)Under
Development
Additional Virtual Remote Collocation Elements
Flat Charae, per Job $36.
Engineering Rate, per Half Hour $35.
Maintenance, per Half Hour $29.40
3.4 Installation, per Half Hour $29.40
Training, per Half Hour $29.40
CLEC to CLEC
Desian Enaineerina & Installation
Flat Charqe (Desiqn Enqineerinq - No Cables)$634.
Fiber Flat Charae 229.
Cable Rackinq
DSO, per Foot, per Cable $0.11848
DS1, per Foot, per Cable $0.13075
DS3, per Foot, per Cable $0.10234
2.4 Fiber, per Foot, per Fiber $0.93313
Virtual Connections (if applicable - Connections only: No cables)
DSO, per 100 Connections $194.
3.2 DS1, per 28 Connections $91.
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page40f11
Exhibit A
Idaho
DS3, per 1 Connection $5.
3.4 Fiber Connections, per Fiber Spliced $37.
7.4 Cable Hole (if Applicable)$386.
CLEC to CLEC Cross Connection $201.
Interconnection Distribution Frame ClCDF\ Collocation ICE!
Application to Request Cancellation QPF, Prorated
Job Costs
Microwave Collocation Under
Development
Intentionallv Left Blank
Intentionallv Left Blank
DC Power Reduction
13.Quote Preparation Fee $703.
13.Power Reduction Less than 60 Amps $494.45
13.Power Reduction Eaual to 60 Amps $706.
13.4 Power Reduction Greater than 60 Amps, per Amp $895.
13.Power On Off $621.
13.Batterv Distribution Fuse Board (BDFB) Rent $64.
Collocation Transfer of Responsibility
14.Wireline and Wireless Local Interconnection Service Trunks
14.Per Trunk Group $32.
14.Per Facilitv Circuit $32.
14.Assessment Fee 036.
14.Network Svstems Administration Fee 586.
14.4 Unbundled Loop, per Circuit $32.
14.Sub-Loop and Shared Distribution Loop, per Circuit $32.
14.Shared Loop, Line Splittina, and Line Partitioning, per Circuit $32.
14.Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport, per Circuit $32.
14.Enhanced Extended Loop Loop Mux Combination, per Circuit $32.
14.Loop Splittina, per Circuit $32.
14.Unbundled Dark Fiber, per Circuit $32.
Collocation Available InventorY
15.Standard Sites
15.Removal of Terminations
15.DSO, per 100 ICB
15.DS 1, per Termination ICB
15.DS3, per Termination ICB
15.OCN, per 12 Fibers ICB
15.Quote Preparation Fee (QPF)
15.Caaeless (uses rate from 8.$3,146.41
15.CaQed (uses rate from 8.4.$3,185.5811
15.Special Sites
15.Special Site Assessment Fee 051.
15.Network Svstems Assessment Fee $1,652.
15.Site Survev $163.
15.Re-usable Elements Ice
Collocation Decommissionina (uses rates from 9.20)
16.Additional Labor Other - Basic $27.
16.Additional Labor Other - Overtime $36.
16.Additional Labor Other - Premium $46.
16.4 Additional Dispatch $87.
17 Joint Testina (uses rates from 8.
17.Set-Up Fee (orice contains a one hour set-up fee)$58.
17.Test Time Fee, per Half Hour $29.
0 Unbundled Network Elements (UNEs)
Interconnection Tie Pairs (lTP) - Per Termination
DSO $0.
DS1 $1.
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25,2005 Page 5 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
DS3 $14.
Unbundled LOaDS
AnaloQ Loops See 9.2.4
Wire Voice Grade Loop
Zone 1 $15.
Zone 2 $23.
Zone 3 $40.
9.2.Intentionally Left Blank
Wire Voice Grade Loop
Zone 1 $30.
Zone 2 $46.
Zone 3 $79.47
Nonloaded Loops See 9.2.4
Wire Nonloaded Loop
Zone 1 $15.
Zone 2 $23.
Zone 3 $40.
Intentionally Left Blank
Wire Nonloaded Loop
Zone 1 $30.
Zone 2 $46.
2.2.Zone 3 $79.47
2.4 Loop UnloadinQ $9.
Loop Conditioning $22.
DiQital Capable Loops
Basic Rate ISDN xDSL-1 Capable ADSL Compatible Loop See-9,2.4
Zone 1 $15.
Zone 2 $23.
Zone 3 $40.
Intentionally Left Blank
DS1 Capable Loop See-9.
Zone 1 $86.48
Zone 2 $86.46
Zone 3 $99.
3.4 DS3 Capable Loop See-9.
3.4.Zone 1 $941.
3.4.Zone 2 $955.
Zone 3 264.
Intentionally Left Blank
Wire Extension TechnoloQV $22.
2.4 Loop Installation Charges for 2 & 4 wire Analog Non-Loaded, ADSL Compatible, ISDN BRI See 9.1 &
Capable and xDSL - I Capable Loops where conditioninQ is not required.
Basic Installation
2.4.First $11.
Each Additional $6.
2.4.Basic Installation with Performance Testina
2.4.First Loop $17.
2.4.Each Additional $8.
Coordinated Installation with Cooperative Testing Project Coordinated Installation
2.4.First Loop $171.
2.4.Each Additional $94.
4.4 Coordinated Installation without Cooperative Testing Project Coordinated
Installation
2.4.First Loop $59.
2.4.4.Each Additional $53.
Owest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 6 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
2.4.Basic Installation with Cooperative Testing
2.4.First Loop $142.
2.4.Each Additional $94.
DS1 Loop Installation Charges See 9.
9.2.Basic Installation
First Loop $128.
Each Additional $99.
9.2.Basic Installation with Performance Testing
First Loop $279.
Each Additional $212.
Coordinated Installation with Cooperative Testing Project Coordinated Installation
First Loop $316.
Each Additional $222.40
5.4 Coordinated Installation without Cooperative Testing Project Coordinated
Installation
5.4.First Loop $135.
5.4.Each Additional $106.
Basic Installation with Cooperative Testing
First Loop $272.
9.2.Each Additional $195.
DS3 Loop Installation Charges See 9.3.4
Basic Installation
First Loop $128.
Each Additional $99.
Basic Installation with Performance Testing
9.2.First Loop $279.
Each Additional $212.
Coordinated Installation with Cooperative Testing Project Coordinated Installation
First Loop $316.
Each Additional $222.40
6.4 Coordinated Installation without Cooperative Testing Project Coordinated
Installation
6.4.First Loop $135.
6.4.Each Additional $106.
Basic Installation with Cooperative Testing
9.2.First Loop $272.
Each Additional $195.
Intentionally Left Blank
Private Line to Unbundled Loop Conversions $34.
Subloop
Wire Distribution Loop (Applies to both Analog and Nonloaded)
First $107.
Each Additional $29.6:.
First & Each Additional 2-Wire Distribution Loop
Zone 1 $11.
Zone 2 $16.
Zone 3 $27.
Intentionally Left Blank
Intra-Building Cable Loop, Per Pair $0.
No Dispatch, First $51.
No Dispatch, Each Additional $21.3:.
3.4 Feeder Loop
3.4.DS1 Capable Feeder Loop
3.4.First $310.
3.4.Each Additional $221.
First & Each Additional DS1 Capable Feeder Loop
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 7 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
3.4.Zone 1 $77 .
3.4.Zone 2 $77.
3.4.Zone 3 $90.
MTE Terminal Subloop Access
Subloop MTE - POI Site Inventory (per request)$110.4€
MTE - POI Rearranqement of Facilities ICB
MTE - POI Construction of New spar ICB
Intentionally Left Blank
Field Connection Point (FCP)
Feasibility Fee Quote Preparation Fee 197.
7.2 FCP Set-Up, per Request $3.$3,291.
FCP SplicinQ, per 25 Pairs $0.$13.
7.4 FCP Reclassification $463.
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Construction Fee ICB
Shared Services
9.4.Shared Loop, per Loop $0.$33.
9.4.Line SplittinQ
Basic Installation Charqe for Line Splitting $33.
9.4.Loop Splittina $0.$33.
9.4.4 OSS, per Line, per Month $3.
Network Interface Device CNID\$0.$52.
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
DSO UDIT (Recurrinq Fixed per Mile)$241.
Over 0 to 8 Miles $24.$0.
1.2 Over 8 to 25 Miles $24.$0.
Over 25 to 50 Miles $24.$0.
1.4 Over 50 Miles $24.$0.
DS1 UDIT (Recu"inq Fixed per Mile)$284.
6.2.Over 0 to 8 Miles $36.43 $3.
Over 8 to 25 Miles $37.$3.
Over 25 to 50 Miles $39.$1.
2.4 Over 50 Miles $37.$0.
DS3 UDIT Recurrinq Fixed per Mile)$284.
Over 0 to 8 Miles $238.$54.
Over 8 to 25 Miles $242.$16.
Over 25 to 50 Miles $223.$21.
3.4 Over 50 Miles $235.$14.
6.4 Intentionallv Left Blank
Intentionallv Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
UDIT DSO Channel Performance
DSO UDIT Low Side Channelization $13.
DS1 DSO Low Side Channelization $7.47 $191.
UDIT Multiplexinq (Stand Alone)
DS1 to DSO $263.$238.
DS3 to DS1 $304.996.
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionallv Left Blank
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 8 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
.. 0
UDiT RearranQement
11.DSO Sinale Office $164.40
11.DSO Dual Office $206.
11.HiQh Capacity SinQle Office $221.
11.4 High Capacity Dual Office $249.
Private Line to UDIT Conversion $131.
Unbundled Dark Fiber (UDF) -Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionallv Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Intentionally Left Blank
Construction Charges
19.CLEC Reauested UNE Construction (CRUNEC)
19.Unbundled Dark Fiber Quote Preparation Fee 704.41
19.Subloop Quote Preparation Fee $1,704.41
19.Unbundled Loop Quote Preparation Fee 704.41
19.1.4 Loop Mux Combo Quote Preparation Fee 704.
19.EEL Quote Preparation Fee 704.41
19.UDIT Quote Preparation Fee $1,704.41
19.Construction of Network Capacity Facilities or Space for Access to or use of UNEs ICB ICB
Miscellaneous Charaes
20.Additional Engineering, per Half Hour or fraction thereof
20.Additional EnQineerinQ - Basic $31.
20.Additional Enaineerina - Overtime $39.
20.Additional Labor Installation, per Half Hour or fraction thereof
20.Additional Labor Installation - Overtime $9.
20.Additional Labor Installation - Premium $18.
20.Additional Labor Other, per Half Hour or fraction thereof
20.Additional Labor Other -Optional Testing Basic $27.
20.Additional Labor Other -Optional TestinQ Overtime $36.
20.Additional Labor Other -Optional Testina Premium $46.
20.4 TestinQ and Maintenance, per Half Hour or fraction thereof
20.4.TestinQ and Maintenance - Basic $29.40
20.4.Testing and Maintenance - Overtime $38.
20.Testing and Maintenance - Premium $49.
20.Maintenance of Service, per Half Hour or fraction thereof
20.Maintenance of Service - Basic $28.
20.Maintenance of Service - Overtime $36.
20.Maintenance of Service - Premium $46.
20.Additional Cooperative Acceptance TestinQ, per Half Hour or fraction thereof
20.Additional Cooperative Acceptance Testing - Basic $29.40
20.Additional Cooperative Acceptance TestinQ - Overtime $39.
20.Additional Cooperative Acceptance TestinQ - Premium $49.
20.Nonscheduled Cooperative Testing, per Half Hour or fraction thereof
20.Nonscheduled Cooperative TestinQ - Basic $29.40
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 9 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
20.7.Nonscheduled Cooperative Testing - Overtime $39.
20.Nonscheduled Cooperative Testing - Premium $49.
20.Nonscheduled Manual Testing, per Half Hour or fraction thereof
20.Nonscheduled Manual Testina - Basic $29.
20.Nonscheduled Manual Testing - Overtime $39.
20.Nonscheduled Manual Testing - Premium $49.
20.Intentionally Left Blank
20.Intentionally Left Blank
20.Additional Dispatch $87.
20.Date Change $10.
9.20.Design Change $73.
20.Expedite Charge
20.14.Designed Services $200.
20.Cancellation Charge ICB
Channel Regeneration
. 9.21.DS1 $0.$0.
21.DS3 $0.$0.
Intentionally Left Blank
UNE Combinations - Intentionally Left Blank
10.0 Ancillary Services -Intentionally Left Blank
12.0 ODerational SUDDort Systems
12.Development and Enhancements, per Order $5.
12.Ongoing Maintenance, per Order $1.40
12.Dailv Usage Record File, per Record $0.000419
12.4 Trouble Isolation Charge See 9.
17.0 Bona Fide Request Process
17.Processing Fee 851.
NOTES:
Unless otherwise indicated, all rates are pursuant to Idaho Public Utilities Commission Dockets:
A AT&T Arbitration Docket USW-96-15, Order No 27738, effective September 17 1998.
B Cost Docket QWE-01-, Order No. 29408 (January 5 2004) rates effective January 5 2004.
# Voluntary Rate Reduction, Docket USW-00-3, effective 6/10/02. Reductions reflected in the 5/24/02 Exhibit A.
## Second Voluntary Rate Reduction, Docket USW-00-3, effective 6/7/02. Reductions reflected in the 7/10/02 Exhibit A.
### Third Voluntary Rate Reduction, Docket USW-00-, effective 12/16/02, Reductions reflected in the 10/16/02 Exhibit A
(1) TELRIC rates proposed in Cost Docket QWE-01-11 testimony filed on November 12, 2003. The case was bifurcated and the rates using this footnote are
proposed in Phase 2 of the cost docket.
(2) Market-based rates.
(3) ICB, Individual Case Basis pricing.
(4) The State of Idaho has retained the oversight on these rates. These rates are not under the jurisdiction of the FCC.
(5) FCC ordered rates pursuant to the FCC's Order on Remand and Report and Order (Intercarrier Compensation for ISP-Bound Traffic) CC Docket 01-131 (FCC
ISP Order), effective June 14, 2001.
(6) Effective August 1, 2003, Qwest will no longer bill the recurring and nonrecurring charges for Channel Regeneration. Qwest reserves the right to revert back to
the contractual rate only after appropriate notice is given.
(7) The preliminary Quote Preparation Fees (QPF) are included in the space construction charges. Upon completion of the collocation construction, the QPF will
be credited to the final space construction charge for the virtual, caged or cageless collocation job. These engineering and planning charges are also included
in the Virtual, Caged and Cageless Quote Preparation Fees.
(8) Effective 11/04, Qwest will no longer perform Bridge Tap and/or Load Coil Removal (Conditioning) to facilitate provisioning of its Qwest Retail DSL offering. In
order to permit CLECs to provision their own xDSL Capable Loops, Qwest in now re-instituting the charge to continue Conditioning for the 2/4-Wire Unbundled
Loop, ADSL Compatible Unbundled Loop, ISDN (BRI) Capable Unbundled Loop, xDSL-1 Capable Unbundled Loop, Non-Commercial Line Sharing, Line
Splitting, Non-Commercial Shared Distribution Loop and Loop Splitting, effective 3/14/05. Qwest can t bill the REC rate structure, but will bill customers the
lower of the two rates.
(9) Qwest is voluntarily reducing this rate in order to keep rate relationship with the Fiber Transport .per Pair" rate element.
(10) Qwest has not implemented this UNE rate or charge in its billing system but reserves the right to assess such a charge in the future.
(11) Uses the Shared Loop rate.
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 10 of 11
Exhibit A
Idaho
Qwest Idaho TRRO Template Exhibit A Original
May 25, 2005 Page 11 of 11
Qwe
Spirit 01 Service
Service Performance Indicator Definitions (PID)
14-State 271 PID Version 8.
QWEST'S SERVICE PERFORMANCE INDICATOR DEFINITIONS (PID)
14-State 271 PID Version 8.
Introduction
Owest will report performance results for the service performance indicators defined herein. Owest will report
separate performance results associated with the services it provides to Competitive Local Exchange Carriers
(CLECs) in aggregate (except as noted herein), to CLECs individually and , as applicable, to Owest's retail
customers in aggregate. Within these categories, performance results related to service provisioning and
repair will be reported for the products listed in each definition. Reports for CLECs individually will be subject
to agreements of confidentiality and/or nondisclosure.
The definitions in this version of the PID apply in the 14 states of Owest's local service region: Arizona
Colorado, Idaho, Iowa , Minnesota, Montana, Nebraska, New Mexico, North Dakota, Oregon, South Dakota
Utah, Washington and Wyoming. Individual state Performance Assurance Plans may specify and apply state
specific variations from the Performance Measure definitions and/or standards contained herein.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Pagei
Qwest's Service Performance Indicator Definitions
Table of Contents
ELECTRONIC GATEWAY AVAILABILITY ...........................................................................
GA-1 - Gateway Availability - IMA-GUI..............................................................................
GA-2 - Gateway Availability - IMA-EDI ..
.............................. ........... ...... ........................ .....
GA-3 - Gateway Availability - EB-TA .................................................................................
GA-4 - System Availability - EXACT....
..... ....................... "'. ..............". ................. ~..... ......
GA-6 - Gateway Availability - GUI -- Repair.......................................................................
GA-7 - Timely Outage Resolution following Software Releases.........................................
PRE-ORDERIORD ER............................................................................................................ 7
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times ..........................................................................
PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through.......... ............................................ ............................. .....
PO-3 - LSR Rejection Notice Interval...............................................................................
PO-4 - LSRs Rejected ......................................................................................................
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time ..........................................................
PO-6 - Work Completion Notification Timeliness..............................................................
PO-7 - Billing Completion Notification Timeliness ............................................................
PO-8 - Jeopardy Notice Interval.......................................................... ........................... ..
PO-9 - Timely Jeopardy Notices.................................................................................... ...
PO-15 - Number of Due Date Changes per Order ...........................................................
PO-16 - Timely Release Notifications .."......".""".....""..".."......""...."....."...""'........
PO-19 - Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy...............................................
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy ......................................................
ORDERING AN D PROVISION ING ....... ..... ......
......... ........ ............ ..... ..... .... ...... ..... ..............
OP-2 - Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Provisioning Center........
OP-3 - Installation Commitments Met..............................................................................
OP-4 - Installation Interval................................................................................................
OP-5 - New Service Quality...
................................................................................ .......... .
OP-6 - Delayed Days................... ............................................................... ......................
OP-7 - Coordinated "Hot Cut" Interval- Unbundled Loop ................................................
OP-8 - Number Portability Timeliness ..............................................................................
OP-13 - Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop ...................................................
OP-15 -Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date...........................................
OP-17 - Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders .....................................
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR .....
............................ ..... .... .............. ................ .................. .
MR-2 - Calls Answered within 20 Seconds - Interconnect Repair Center........................
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours.............
...................................................
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 hours ....................................................................
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours ......................................................................
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore ..........................................................................................
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate ..................................................................................
MR-8 - Trouble Rate.........................................................................................................
MR-9 - Repair Appointments Met .....................................................................................
MR-10 - Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports ..........................................
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within 24 Hours...................................................
BI 1-1-1 NG
.................................... ........ .................................................................................. .
8()
BI-1 - Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records ............................................................
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Pageii
Table of Contents (continued)
BI-2 -Invoices Delivered within 10 Days ..........................................................................
BI-3 - Billing Accuracy - Adjustments for Errors ...............................................................
BI-4 - Billing Completeness ..............................................................................................
DATABASE U PDA TES
............... ... ...... ... ........ ... ........... ........ .... ..... ...... ..... ..... ... ......... ........ .
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases................................................................................... .
DB-2 - Accurate Database Updates ..............
........................... ................................ ....... .
D I RECTORY ASS 1ST AN CE ............................................................................................... .
DA-1 - Speed of Answer - Directory Assistance
""."""""" ....,. ..................................... ..
OPERA TOR SERVICES........................ ............................................................................. .
OS-1 - Speed of Answer - Operator Services....... ........." ............................................. ...
NETWORK PERFORMANCE............................................................................................. .
NI-1 - Trunk Blocking....................................................................................................... .
NP-1 - NXX Code Activation............. .............................. ................................................. .
C:(:)L.L.(:)C:A lrl(:)N
.................................................................................................................. .
CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval............................................................................ .
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals..............................................
CP-3 - Collocation Feasibility Study Interval............................................... .............,....... .
CP-4 - Collocation Feasibility Study Commitments Met .................................................100
D EFI N ITION OF TERMS...................................................................................................1 01
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS. .......
.................. ...... ............ ..... ....... ..... ..... ... ... ....... ... .... .....
105
APP EN DIX A .....................................................................................................................
Feature Detail..................................................................................................................107
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page iii
Electronic Gateway Availability
GA-1 - Gateway Availability - IMA-GUI
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the IMA-GUI electronic gateway and one associated system
focusing on the extent they are actually available to GLEGs.
Description:
GA-1A: Measures the availability of the IMA-GUI (Interconnect Mediated Access- Graphical User
Interface), and reports the percentage of Scheduled Availability Time the IMA-GUI interface is
available for view and/or input.
Scheduled Up Time hours for preorder, order, and provisioning transactions are based on the
currently published hours of availability found on the following website:
http://www.qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
GA-1 D: Measures the availability of the SIA system , which facilitates access for the IMA-GUI interface
and the IMA-EDI interface (see GA-2), and reports the percentage of scheduled time the SIA
system is available. Scheduled availability times will be no less than the same hours as listed for
IMA-GUI and IMA-EDI.
. Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due to
maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance
and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
. An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (Le., IMA-GUI , SIA), affecting awest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by awest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate
results
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Results will be reported as follows:
GA-1A IMA Graphical User Interface Gateway
GA-1D SIA system
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period) + (Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page
GA-2 - Gateway Availability - IMA-EDI
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the IMA-EDI electronic gateway, focusing on the extent the
gateway is actually available to GLEGs.
Description:
Measures the availability of IMA-EDI (Interconnect Mediated Access - Electronic Data Interchange)
interface and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time the IMA-EDI lnterface is available
for view and/or input All times during which the interface is scheduled to be operating during the
reporting period are measured.
Scheduled Up Time hours for IMA-EDI based on the currently published hours of availability found
on the following website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html. Time Gateway is
Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
. An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (Le., IMA-EDI), affecting awest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by awest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reportir:tg Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG
aggregate results
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period) + (Number,
of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period) ) x 100
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
(See GA-1 D for reportinQ of SIA system availability.
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 2
GA-3 - Gateway Availability - EB-
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of CLEC access to the EB- T A interface, focusing on the extent the gateway is
actually available to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the availability of EB-TA (Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration) interface and reports
the percentage of scheduled availability time the EB-TA Interface is available.
Scheduled Up Time hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
Time Gateway is Available to CLECs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (Le., EB-TA), affecting awest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is determined
by awest technicians through the use of verifiable data , collected from the affected customer(s)
and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate results Disaggregation Reporting: ,Region-wide level.
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to CLECs During Reporting Period)
-;-
(Number
of Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 3
GA-4 - System Availability EXACT
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of CLEC batch access to the EXACT electronic access service request system
focusing on the extent the system is actually available to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the availability of EXACT system and reports the percentage of scheduled availability time
the EXACT system is available.
Scheduled Up Time hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
Time System is Available to CLECs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the system is not available due to
maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine maintenance
and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in'advance.
An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway or
component (Le., EXACT), affecting Owest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by Owest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate results Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Formula:
((Number of Hours and Minutes EXACT is Available to CLECs During Reporting Period) + (Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability During Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 4
GA-6 - Gateway Availability - GUI -- Repair
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of GLEG access to the GUI Repair electronic gateway, focusing on the extent the
gateway is actually available to GLEGs.
Description:
Measures the availability of the GUI (Graphical User Interface) repair electronic interface and reports
the percentage of scheduled availability time the interface is available for view and/or input. All times
during which the interface is scheduled to be operating during the reporting period are measured.
Scheduled Up Time" hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
following webs ite: http://www.qwest. com/wholesale/em ploss Hou rs. htm I.
. Time Gateway is Available to GLEGs is equal to Scheduled Availability Time minus Outage Time.
Scheduled Availability Time is equal to Scheduled Up Time minus Scheduled Down Time.
Scheduled Down Time is time identified and communicated that the interface is not available due
to maintenance and/or upgrade work. Notification of Scheduled Down Time for routine
maintenance and/or upgrade work will be provided no less than 48 hours in advance.
. An outage is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the specified gateway'or
component (Le., GUI-Repair), affecting awest's ability to serve its customers. An outage is
determined by awest technicians through the use of verifiable data, collected from the affected
customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management systems.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG
aggregate results
Formula:
(Number of Hours and Minutes Gateway is Available to GLEGs During Reporting Period -7- Number of
Hours and Minutes of Scheduled Availability Time During Reporting Period) x 100
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:99.25 percent
Availability:Notes:
Available
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 5
GA-7 - Timely Outage Resolution following Software Releases
Purpose:
Measures the timeliness of resolution of gateway or system outages attributable to software releases for
specified ass interfaces, focusing on GLEe-affecting software releases involving the specified gateways
or systems.
Description:
Measures the percentage of gateway or system outages, which are attributable to ass system
software releases and which occur within two weeks after the implementation of the ass system
software releases, that are resolved NOTE 1 within 48 hours of detection by the awest monitoring group
or reporting by a GLEe/co-provider.
Includes software releases associated with the following ass interfaces in awest: IMA-GUI, IMA-
EDI , and CEMR, Exchan~e Access, Control , & Tracking (EXACT)NOTE 2, Electronic Bonding- Trouble
Administration (EB -TA) OTE 3
. An outage for this measurement is a critical or serious loss of functionality, attributable to the
specified gateway or component, affecting awest's ability to serve its customers or data loss NOTE 4
the awest side of the interface. An outage is determined by awest technicians through the use of
verifiable data, collected from the affected customer(s) and/or from mechanized event management
systems.
. The outage resolution time interval considered in this measurement starts at the time awest's
monitoring group detects a failure, or at the date/time of the first transaction sent to awest that cannot
be processed (Le. lost data), and ends with the time functionality is restored or the lost data is
recovered.
Reporting Period: Monthly
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Formula:
((Total outages detected within two weeks of a Software Release that are resolved within 48 hours of the
time awest detects the outage) + (Total number of outages detected within two weeks of Software
Releases resolved in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Outages in releases prior to any CLEC migrating to the release.
Duplicate reports attributable to the same software defect.
Product Reporting: None Sbndard s:
Volume = 1-20: 1 miss
Volume
:::-
20: 95%
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. "Resolved" means that service is restored to the reporting CLEC, as
experienced by the CLEC.
2. EXACT is a Telecordia system. Only releases for changes initiated by
awest for hardware or connectivity will be included in this measurement.
3. Outages reported under EB-TA are the same as outages in MEDIACC.
4. For data loss to be considered for GA-, a functional acknowledgement
must have been provided for the data in question (e., EDI 997 , LSR 10
or trouble ticket number).
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 6
Pre-Order/Order
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of responses to specific preordering/ordering queries for GLEGs through the use of
Qwest's Operational Support Systems (OSS). Qwest's ass are accessed through the specified gateway
interface.
Description:
PO-1A & PO-1B:
Measures the time interval between query and response for specified pre-order/order transactions through the
electronic interface.
Measurements are made using a system that simulates the transactions of requesting pre-
ordering/ordering information from the underlying existing ass. These simulated transactions are made
through the operational production interfaces and existing systems in a manner that reflects , in a
statistically-valid manner, the transaction response times experienced by GLEG service representatives in
the reporting period.
. The time interval between query and response consists of the period from the time the transaction request
was "sent" to the time it is "received" via the gateway interface.
. A query is an individual request for the specified type of information.
PO-1 G:
Measures the percentage of all IRTM Queries measured by PO-1A & 1 B transmitted in the reporting
period that timeout before receiving a response.
PO-1D:
Measures the average response time for a sampling of rejected queries across preorder transaction types.The response time measured is the time between the issuance of a pre-ordering transaction and the
receipt of an error message associated with a "rejected query." A rejected query is a transaction that
cannot be successfully processed due to the provision of incomplete or invalid information by the sender
which results in an error message back to the sender. NOTE 1
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
PO-, PO-, & PO-1D: Seconds
PO-1 G: Percent
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 7
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times (continued)
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate.
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level. Results are reported as follows:
PO-1A Pre-Order/Order Response Time for IMA-GUI
PO-1B Pre-Order/Order Response Time for IMA-EDI
Results are reported separately for each of the following transaction types: NOTE 2
1. Appointment Scheduling (Due Date Reservation, where appointment is required)2. Service Availability Information3. Facility Availability4. Street Address Validation
5. Customer Service Records
6. Telephone Number
7. Loop Qualification Tools NOTE 3
8. Resale of Qwest DSL Qualification9. Connecting Facility Assignment NOTE 4
10. Meet Point Inquiry NOTES
For PO-1A (transactions via IMA-GUI), in addition to reporting total response time
response times for each of the above transactions will be reported in two parts: (a) time
to access the request screen, and (b) time to receive the response for the specified
transaction. For PO-1A 6, Telephone Number, a third part (c) accept screen, will be
reported.
For PO-1 B (transactions via IMA-EDI), request/response will be reported as a combined
number.
PO-1C Results for PO-1C will be reported according to the gateway interface used:1. Percent of Preorder Transactions that Timeout IMA-GUI2. Percent of Preorder Transactions that Timeout IMA-EDI
PO-1D Results for PO-1D will be reported according to the gateway interface used:1. Rejected Response Times for IMA-GUI2. Rejected Response Times for IMA-EDI
Formula:
PO-1A & PO-1B = L((Query Response Date & Time) - (Query Submission Date & Time)) + (Number of
Queries Submitted in Reporting Period)
PO-1 C
PO-1 D
((Number of IRTM Queries measured by PO-1A & 1 B that Timeout before receiving
response) + (Number of IRTM Queries Transmitted in Reporting Period)) x 100
L((Rejected Query Response Date & Time) - (Query Submission Date & Time)) +
(Number of Rejected Query Transactions Simulated by IRTM)
Exclusions:
PO-1A & PO-1B:
Rejected requests/errors, and timed out transactions
PO-1 C:
Rejected requests and errors
PO-1 D:
Timed out transactions
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 8
PO-1 - Pre-Order/Order Response Times (continued)
Product Reporting: None Standards:
Total Response Time:
1. Appointment Scheduling2. Service Availability
Information3. Facility Availability4. Street Address Validation
5. Customer Service Records6. Telephone Number
7. LOOD Qualification ToolsNOT~ 3
8. Resale of Qwest DSL
Qualification9. Connecting Facility
Assignment
10. Meet Point Inquiry
PO-1C-
PO-1 C-
PO-1D-1 & 2
Availability:
Available
IMA-GUI
~1 0 seconds
~25 seconds
~25 seconds
~10 seconds
~12.5 seconds
~ 10 seconds
::::;;
20 seconds
::::;;
20 seconds
::::;;
25 seconds
::::;;
30 seconds
IMA-EDI
~ 10 seconds
~25 seconds
~25 seconds
~10 seconds
~12.5 seconds
~ 1 0 seconds
::::;;
20 seconds
::::;;
20 seconds
::::;;
25 seconds
::::;;
30 seconds
Diagnostic
Notes:1. Rejected query types used in PO-1D are those developed for internal
Qwest diagnostic purposes.
2. As additional transactions, currently done manually, are mechanized
they will be measured and added to or included in the above list of
transactions, as applicable.3. Results based on a weighted combination of ADSL Loop Qualification
and Raw Loop Data Tool.4. Results based on Connecting Facility Assignment by Unit Query.5. Results based on meet Point Query, POTS Splitter option for Shared
loops.
6. Times reflect non-complex services , including residential, simple
business, or POTS account. Does not include ADSL or accounts~25
lines.
7. Benchmark applies to response time only. Request time and Total
time will also be reported.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 9
PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through
Purpose:
Monitors the extent Owest's processing of CLEC Local Service Requests (LSRs) is completely
electronic, focusing on the degree that electronically-transmitted LSRs flow directly to the service
order rocessor without human intervention or without manual ret in
Description:
PO-2A - Measures the percentage of all electronic LSRs that flow from the specified electronic
gateway interface to the Service Order Processor (SOP) without any human intervention.
Includes all LSRs that are submitted electronically through the specified interface during the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
PO-2B - Measures the percentage of all flow-through-eligible LSRs NOTE 1 that flow from the specified
electronic gateway interface to the SOP without any human intervention.
Includes all flow-through-eligible LSRs that are submitted electronically through the specified
interface durin the re ortin eriod, sub.ect to exclusions s ecified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate, individual CLEC
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (per multi-
state system serving the state).
Results for PO-2A and PO-2B will be reported
according to the gateway interface* used to submit the
LSR:
LSRs received via IMA-GUI
LSRs received via IMA-EDI
CO also reports an aggregate of IMA-GUI and IMA-EDI
results.
Formula:
PO-2A = ((Number of Electronic LSRs that pass from the Gateway Interface to the SOP without
human intervention) -7 (Total Number of Electronic LSRs that pass through the Gateway
Interface)) x 100
PO-2B = ((Number of flow-through-eligible Electronic LSRs that actually pass from the Gateway
Interface to the SOP without human intervention) -7 (Number of flow-through-eligible
Electronic LSRs received through the Gateway Interface)) x 100
Exclusions:
Rejected LSRs and LSRs containing GLEC-caused non-fatal errors.
Non-electronic LSRs (e., via fax or courier).
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'
Invalid start/sto dates/times.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 1 0
PO-2 - Electronic Flow-through (continued)
Product Reporting:
Resale
Unbundled Loops (with or
without Local Number
Portability)
Local Number Portability
. UNE-P (POTS) and UNE-
(Centrex 21
Line Sharing
Availability:
Available (except as
follows ):
Combined reporting
of UNE-P (POTS)
and UNE-P (Centrex
21) - beginning with
Jul 04 data on the
Aug 04 report.
Line Sharing -
beginning with Jul 04
data on the Aug 04
report
Standards:
PO-2A:
CO: CO PO-2B benchmarks minus 10 percent NOTE 2
All Other States: Diagnostic
PO-2B: NOTE 2
Resale:
Unbundled Loops:
LNP:
UNE-P (POTS & Centrex 21):
Line Sharing:
95%
85%
95%
95%
Diagnostic
Notes:
1. The list of LSR types classified as eligible for flow through is contained in
the "LSRs Eligible for Flow Through" matrix. This matrix also includes
availability for enhancements to flow through. Matrix will be distributed
through the CMP process.2. In Colorado the standard for PO-2 is considered met if the standard for
either PO-2A or PO-2B is met. For both PO-2A and PO-, the
benchmark percentages shown apply to the aggregations of PO-2A-1 and
PO-2A-2 (Le., the combined PO-2A result) and of PO-2B-1 and PO-2B-
(Le., the combined PO-2B result).
3. The standard and future disaggregated reporting of the Line Sharing
product is TBD, pending resolution of TRO issues.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 11
PO-3 - LSR Rejection Notice Interval
Purpose:
Monitors the timeliness with which awest notifies CLECs that electronic and manual LSRs were
rejected.
Description:
Measures the interval between the receipt of a Local Service Request (LSR) and the rejection of the
LSR for standard categories of errors/reasons.
Includes all LSRs submitted through the specified interface that are rejected during the reporting
period.
Standard reasons for rejections are: missing/incomplete/mismatching/unintelligible information
duplicate request or LSR/PON (purchase order number), no separate LSR for each account
telephone number affected, no valid contract, no valid end user verification , account not working in
awest territory, service-affecting order pending, request is outside established parameters for
service, and lack of CLEC response to awest question for clarification about the LSR.
Included in the interval is time required for efforts by awest to work with the CLEC to avoid the
necessity of rejecting the LSR.
With hours: minutes reporting, hours counted are (1) business hours for manual rejects (involving
human intervention) and (2) published Gateway Availability hours for auto-rejects (involving no
human intervention). Business hours are defined as time during normal business hours of the
Wholesale Delivery Service Centers, except for PO-3C in which hours counted are workweek
clock hours. Gateway Availability hours are based on the currently published hours of availability
found on the following website: http://www.qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
PO-3A-, PO-3B-1 & PO-3C - Hrs: Mins.
PO-3A-2 & PO-3B-2 - Mins: Secs.
Disaggregation Reporting:
Results for this indicator are reported according to the gateway interface
used to submit the LSR:
. PO-3A-, LSRs received via IMA-GUI and rejected manually:
Statewide
. PO-3A -, LSRs received via IMA-GUI and auto-rejected: Region
wide
. PO-3B-, LSRs received via IMA-EDI and rejected manually:
Statewide
. PO-3B -, LSRs received via IMA-EDI and auto-rejected: Region
wide
. PO-, LSRs received via facsimile: Statewide
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Formula:
((Date and time of Rejection Notice transmittal) - (Date and time of LSR receipt)) 7- (Total number of
LSR Rejection Notifications)
Exclusions:
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'
Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Product Reporting: Not applicable (reported by
ordering interface).
Standards:
. PO-3A-1 and -3B-1: s 12 business hours
. PO-3A -2 and -3B -2: s 18 seconds
. PO-3C: s 24 work week clock
hours
Availability:Notes:
Available
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 12
PO-4 - LSRs Rejected
Purpose:
Monitors the extent LSRs are rejected as a percentage of all LSRs to provide information to help
address potential issues that might be raised by the indicator of LSR rejection notice intervals.
Descri ption:
Measures the percentage of LSRs rejected (returned to the GLEG) for standard categories of
errors/reasons.
Includes all LSRs submitted through the specified interface that are rejected or FOG'd during the
reporting period.
Standard reasons for rejections are: missing/incomplete/mismatching/unintelligible information;
duplicate request or LSRlPON (purchase order number); no separate LSR for each account
telephone number affected; no valid contract; no valid end user verification; account not working in
Qwest territory; service-affecting order pending; request is outside established parameters for
service; and lack. of GLEG response to Qwest ( uestion for clarification about the LSR.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent of LSRs
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG aggregate and
individual GLEG results
Disaggregation Reporting:
Results for this indicator are reported according to
the gateway interface used to submit the LSR:
PO-4A-1 LSRs received via IMA-GUI and
rejected manually - Region wide
PO-4A -2 LSRs received via IMA-GUI and
auto-rejected - Region wide
PO-4B-1 LSRs received via IMA-EDI and
rejected manually - Region wide
PO-4B -2 LSRs received via IMA-EDI and
auto-rejected - Region wide
PO-4G LSRs received via facsimile
Statewide
Formula:
((Total number of LSRs rejected via the specified method in the reporting period) 7- (Total of all LSRs
that are received via the specified interface that were rejected or FOG'd in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'
Invalid starUstop dates/times.
Product Reporting: Not applicable (reported by Standard: Diagnostic
ordering interface).
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 13
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time
Purpose:
Monitors the timeliness with which Qwest returns Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) to CLECs in
response to LSRs/ASRs received from CLECs , focusing on the degree to which FOCs are provided
within specified intervals.
Description:
Measures the percentage of Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) that are provided to CLECs within the
intervals specified under "Standards" below for FOC notifications.
Includes all LSRs/ASRs that are submitted through the specified interface or in the specified
manner (i.e., facsimile) that receive an FOC during the reporting period, subject to exclusions
specified below. (Acknowledgments sent separately from an FOC (e., EOI 997 transactions are
not included.
For PO-, the interval measured is the period between the LSR received date/time (based on
scheduled up time) and Qwest's response with a FOC notification (notification date and time).
For PO-, 5C, and 50, the interval measured is the period between the a lication date and time
as defined herein , and Qwest's response with a FOC notification (notification date and time).
. "
Fully electronic" LSRs are those (1) that are received via IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI, (2) that involve no
manual intervention, and (3) for which FOCs are provided mechanically to the CLEC. NOTE 2
. "
Electronic/manual" LSRs are received electronically via IMA-GUI or IMA-EOI and involve manual
processing.
. "
Manual" LSRs are received manually (via facsimile) and processed manually.
. ASRs are measured only in business da
. LSRs will be evaluated according to the FOC interval categories shown in the "Standards" section
below, based on the number of lines/services requested on the LSR or, where multiple LSRs from
the same CLEC are related , based on the combined number of lines/services requested on the
related LSRs.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual
CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (per multi-state system
serving the state).
Results for this indicator are reported as follows:
. PO-5A:FOCs provided for full electronic LSRs received via:
- PO-5A-1 IMA-GUI
- PO-5A-2 IMA-EOI
. PO-58:FOCs provided for electronic/manual LSRs received via:
- PO-58-1 IMA-GUI
- PO-58-2 IMA-EOI
. PO-5C:FOCs provided for manual LSRs received via Facsimile.
. PO-50: FOCs provided for ASRs requesting LIS Trunks.
* Each of the PO-, PO-58 and PO-5C measurements listed above
will be further disaggregated as follows:(a) FOCs provided for Resale services and UNE-(b) FOCs provided for Unbundled Loops and specified
Unbundled Network Elements(c) FOCs provided for LNP
Formula:
PO-5A = HCount of LSRs for which the original FOC's "(FOC Notification Date & Time) - (LSR received
date/time (based on scheduled up time))" is within 20 minutes) 7- (Total Number of original
FOC Notifications transmitted for the service category in the reporting periodn x 100
PO-, 5C, & 50 = nCount of LSRs/ASRs for which the original FOC's "(FOC Notification Date & Time)
- (Application Date & Time)" is within the intervals specified for the service category involved)
+ (Total Number of original FOC Notifications transmitted for the service category in the
reportinq periodH x 100
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit 8 November 30 2004 Page 14
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (continued)
Exclusions:
LSRs/ASRs involving individual case basis (ICB) handling based on quantities of lines, as specified
in the "Standards" section below, or service/request types , deemed to be ects.
Hours on Weekends and holidays. (Except for PO-SA which only excludes hours outside the
scheduled up time).
LSRs with GLEe-requested FOC arrangements different from standard FOe arrangements.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Duplicate LSR numbers. (Exclusion to be eliminated upon implementation of IMA capability to
disallow duplicate LSR #'
Invalid start/stop dates/times.
Additional PO-5D exclusion:
Records with invalid a lication or confirmation dates.
Product Reporting: Standards:
For PO-SA (all):
For PO-5B (all):For PO-
, -
5B and
5C:
(a) Resale services
UNE-P (POTS)
and UNE-P Centrex
(b) Unbundled Loops
and specified
Unbundled Network
Elements.
(c) LNP
For PO-5D: LIS
Trunks.
For PO-5C (manual):
95% within 20 minutes
90% within standard FOC intervals
(specified below)
90% within standard FOC intervals
ecified below PLUS 24 hours NOTE 3
85% within ei ht business da sFor PO-5D LIS Trunks:
Standard FOC Intervals for PO-58 and PO-
Product Group
NOTE 1
Resale
Residence and Business POTS
ISDN-Basic
Conversion As Is
Adding/Changing features
Add primary directory listing to established loop
Add call appearance
Centrex Non-Design
with no Common Block Configuration
Centrex line feature chan es/adds/removals all
LNP 24 lines
Unbundled Loops 24 loops
2/4 Wire analog
DS3 Ca able
Sub-loop,
included in Product Re orting rou b
Line Sharing/Line Splitting/Loop Splitting
24 shared loops
included in Product Re orting rou b
Unbundled Network Element-Platform (UNE-P POTS)
1 - 39 lines
FOC Interval
39 lines
10 lines
24 hours
19 lines
24 ,sub-loops
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 15
PO-5 - Firm Order Confirmations (FOCs) On Time (continued)
Resale
ISDN-Basic
Conversion As Specified
New Installs
Address Changes
Change to add Loop
ISDN-PRI (Facility)
PBX
DSO or Voice Grade Equivalent
DS1 Facility
DS3 Facility
LNP
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs)
(included in Product Reporting group (b))
DS1 24 circuits
10 lines
48 hours
24 trunks
25-49 lines
Available
Resale
Centrex (including Centrex 21 , Non-design
Centrex 21 Basic ISDN , Centrex-Plus
Centron , Centrex Primes) 1-10 lines
With Common Block Configuration required
Initial establishment of Centrex CMS services
Tie lines or NARs activity
Subsequent to initial Common Block
Stationlines
Automatic Route Selection
Uniform Call Distribution
Additional numbers
UNE-P Centrex 10 lines
UNE-P Centrex 21 10 lines
Unbundled Loops with Facility Check(NOTE 2, 3) 1 - 24 loops
2/4 wire Non-loaded
ADSL compatible
ISDN capable
XDSL-I capable
DS1 capable
Resale
ISDN-PRI (Trunks)
For PO-5D:
LIS Trunks
Notes:
1. LSRs with quantities above the highest number specified for
each product type are considered ICB.2. Unbundled Loop with Facility Check can be processed
electronically; however, because this category always carries a
72-hour FOC interval the FOe results for this product will
appear in PO-5B if received electronically or PO-5C if received
manually.3. Unbundled Loop with Facility Check will not add an additional
24 hours to the 72-hour interval if the LSR is submitted
manually.
72 hours
12 trunks 96 hours
8 business
days240 trunk circuits
Availability:
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 16
PO-6 - Work Completion Notification Timeliness
Purpose:
To evaluate the timeliness of Qwest issuing electronic notification at an LSR level to CLECs that
provisioning work on all service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR have been completed in the
Service Order Processor and the service is available to the customer.
Description:
PO-6A & 68:
Includes all orders completed in the Qwest Service Order Processor that generate completion
notifications in the reporting period, subject to exclusions shown below.
. The start time is the date/time when the last of the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is
posted as completed in the Service Order Processor.
. The end time is when the electronic order completion notice is made available (IMA-GUI) NOTE 1 or
transmitted (IMA-EDI) to the CLEC via the ordering interface used to place the local service
request The notification is transmitted at an LSR level when all service orders that comprise the
CLEC LSR are complete.
With hours: minutes reporting, hours counted are during the published Gateway Availability hours.
Gateway Availability hours are based on the currently published hours of availability found on the
followinq website: http://www.Qwestcom/wholesale/cmp/ossHours.html.Reporting Period: Unit of Measure:One month PO-6A - 68:
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Hrs:Mins
Reporting
Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual
CLEC results.
. PO-6A Notices transmitted via IMA-GUI
. PO-68 Notices transmitted via IMA-EDI
Formula:
For com letion notifications enerated from LSRs received via IMA-GUI:
PO-6A = L((Date and Time Completion Notification made available to CLEC) - (Date and Time the
last of the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is completed in the Service Order Processor)) +
(Number of completion notifications made available in reporting period)
For com letion notifications enerated from LSRs received via IMA-EDI:
PO-68 = L((Date and Time Completion Notification transmitted to CLEC) - (Date and Time the last of
the service orders that comprise the CLEC LSR is completed in the Service Order Processor.)) +
(Number of completion notifications transmitted in reporting period)
Exclusions:
PO - 6A & 68:
Records with invalid completion dates.
. LSRs submitted manually (e., via facsimile).
. ASRs submitted via EXACT.
Product Reporting:
PO - 6A & 68 Aggregate reporting for all products ordered through
IMA-GUI and, separately, IMA-EDI (see disaggregation reportinq).Availability: Notes:Available 1. The time a notice is "made available" via the IMA-GUI is the time Qwest stores
a status update related to the completion notice in the IMA Status Updates
database. When this occurs, the notice can be immediately viewed by the
CLEC using the Status Updates window or by using the LSR Notice Inquiry
function.
Standard:
6 hours
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit 8 November 30, 2004 Page 17
PO-7 - Billing Completion Notification Timeliness
Purpose:
To evaluate the timeliness with which electronic billing completion notifications are made available or
transmitted to CLECs, focusing on the percentage of notifications that are made available or
transmitted for CLECs or osted in the billin s stem for Qwest retail within five business da s.
Description:
PO-7A & 7B:
This measurement includes all orders posted in the CRIS billing system for which billing completion
notices are made available or transmitted in the reporting period, subject to exclusions shown
below.
Intervals used in this measurement are from the time a service order is completed in the SOP to
the time billing completion for the order is made available or transmitted to the CLEC.
- The time a notice is "made available" via the IMA-GUI consists of the time Qwest stores the
completion notice in the IMA Status Updates database. When this occurs, the notice can be
immediately viewed by the CLEC using the Status Updates window.
- The time a notice is "transmitted" via IMA-EDI consists of the time Qwest actually transmits the
completion notice via IMA-EDI. Applicable only to those CLECs who are certified and setup to
receive the notices via IMA-EDI.
. The start time is when the completion of the service order is posted in the Qwest SOP. The end
time is when, confirming that the order has been posted in the CRIS billing system , the electronic
billing completion notice is made available to the CLEC via the same ordering interface (IMA-GUI
or IMA-EDI) as used to submit the LSR.
Intervals counted in the numerator of these measurements are those that are five business days or
less.
PO-7C:
This measurement includes all retail orders posted in the CRIS Billing system in the reporting
period, subject to exclusions shown below.
Intervals used in this measurement are from the time an order is completed in the SOP to the time
it is posted in the CRIS billing system.
. The start time is when the completion of the order is posted in the SOP. The end time is when the
order is posted in the CRIS billing system.
Intervals counted in the numerator of this measurement are those that are five business days or
less.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:
PO- 7 A and - 7B: CLEC
aggregate and individual CLEC
results.
PO-7C: Qwest retail results.
Formula:
For wholesale service orders Qwest enerates for LSRs received via IMA:
PO-7A = (Number of electronic billing completion notices in the reporting period made available
within five business days of posting complete in the SOP) + (Total Number of electronic
billing completion notices made available during the reporting period)
(Number of electronic billing completion notices in the reporting period transmitted
within five business days of posting complete in the SOP) + (Total Number of electronic
billing completion notices transmitted during the reporting period)
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
. PO-7A Notices made available via IMA-GUI
. PO-7B Notices transmitted via IMA-EDI
PO- 7C Billing system posting completions for Qwest Retail
PO-7B =
or serv ce orders enerates or re omers ue for PO- 7 A & - 7B
PO-7C = (Total number of retail service orders posted in the CRIS billing system in the reporting
period that were posted within 5 business days) + (Total number of retail service orders
osted in the CRIS billing s stem in the re ortin eriod
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 18
PO-7 - Billing Completion Notification Timeliness (continued)
Exclusions:
PO-, 7B & 7C
Services that are not billed through CRIS, e.g. Resale Frame Relay.
Records with invalid completion dates.
PO-7A & 7B
. LSRs submitted manually.
. ASRs submitted via EXACT.
Product Reporting:
Aggregate reporting for all products ordered through IMA-
GUI and , separately, IMA-EDI (see disaggregation
reporting).
Standard:
PO-7A and -78: Parity with PO-
Availability:
Available
Notes:
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 19
PO-8 - Jeopardy Notice Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of jeopardy notifications , focusing on how far in advance of original due dates
jeopardy notifications are provided to GLEGs (regardless of whether the due date was actually
missed).
Description:
Measures the average time lapsed between the date the customer is first notified of an order jeopardy
event and the original due date of the order.
Includes all orders completed in the reportinq period that received jeopardy notifications.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Business da s NUIt: 1
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG
aggregate, individual GLEG and Owest
Retail results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
(This measure is reported by jeopardy notification process
as used for the categories shown under Product
Reporting. )
Formula:
(L(Date of the original due date of orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy
notification - Date of the first jeopardy notification) 7- Total orders completed in the reporting period
that received jeopardy notification)
Exclusions:
Jeopardies done after the original due date is past.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.Product Reporting: Standards:
A Non-Designed Services Parity with Retail POTS
Unbundled Loops (with or without Parity with Retail POTS
Number Portability)
LIS Trunks
0 UNE-P (POTS)
G Parity with Feature Group 0 (FGD) services
Parity with Retail POTS
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. For PO-8A and -, Saturday is counted as a
business day for all non-dispatched orders for
Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-
(POTS), as well as for the retail analogues
specified above as standards. For dispatched
orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business
and UNE-P (POTS) and for all other products
reported under PO-8B and -8G, Saturday is
counted as a business day when the service order
is due on Saturday.
Owest IdahoSGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 20
PO-9 - Timely Jeopardy Notices
Purpose:
When original due dates are missed, measures the extent to which Qwest notifies customers in
advance of jeopardized due dates.
Description:
Measures the percentage of late orders for which advance jeopardy notification is provided.
Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by
Qwest and which are completed/closed in the reporting period that missed the original due date.
Change order types included in this measurement consist of all C orders representing inward
activit
Missed due date orders with jeopardy notifications provided on or after the original due date is
past will be counted in the denominator of the formula but will not be counted in the numerator.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate, individual CLEC and
Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Total missed due date orders completed in the reporting period that received jeopardy notification in
advance of original due date)
-;-
(Total number of missed due date orders completed in the reporting
period)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
(This measure is reported by jeopardy notification process as
used for the categories shown under Product ReportinQ.
Exclusions:
Orders missed for customer reasons.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:
A Non-Designed Services
Unbundled Loops (with or without Number
Portability)
LIS Trunks
D UNE-P (POTS)
Standards:
Parity with Retail POTS
Parity with Retail POTS
Parity with Feature Group D (FGD) Services
D Parity with Retail POTS
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 21
PO-15- Number of Due Date Changes per Order
Purpose:
To evaluate the extent to which awest changes due dates on orders.
Description:
Measures the average number of awest due date changes per order.
Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that have been assigned a
due date in the reporting period subject to the exclusions below. Change order types for
additional lines consist of all "C" orders representing inward activit
Counts all due date changes made for awest reasons following assignment of the original due
date.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Number of Due Date Changes
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
CLEC aggregate, individual CLEC, and awest
retail results.
Formula:
L(Count of awest due date changes on all orders) + (Total orders in reporting period)
Exclusions:
Customer requested due date changes.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standard:
None Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 22
PO-16- Timely Release Notifications
Purpose:
Measures the percent of release notifications for changes to specified ass interfaces sent by awest to
CLECs within the intervals and scope specified within the change management plan found on awest's
Chan e Mana ement Process CMP website at htt ://www. westcom/wholesale/cm /whatiscm .html.
Descri ption:
Measures the percent of release notices that are sent by awest within the intervals/timeframes
prescribed by the release notification procedure on awest's CMP website. NOTE 1
Release notices measured are:
Draft Technical Specifications (for App to App interfaces only);
Final Technical Specifications (for App to App interfaces only);
Draft Release Notices (for IMA-GUI interfaces only);
Final Release Notices (for IMA-GUI interfaces only); and
- ass Interface Retirement Notices. NOTE 2
For the following ass interfaces:
IMA-GUI, IMA-EDI;
CEMR;
Exchange Access, Control , & Tracking (EXACT); NOTE 3
Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration (EB - T A); NOTE 4
lABS and CRIS Summary Bill Outputs; NOTE 5
Loss and Completion Records; NOTE 5
New ass interfaces (for introduction notices only.) NOTE 6
Also included are notifications for connectivity or system function changes to Resale Product
Database.
Includes ass interface release notifications by awest relating to the following products and
service categories: LIS/Interconnection , Collocation, Unbundled Network Elements (UN E),
Ancillary, and Resale Products and Services.
Includes ass interface release notifications by awest to CLECs for the following ass
functions: Pre-Ordering, Ordering, Provisioning, Repair and Maintenance, and Billing.
Includes Types of Changes as specified in the "awest Wholesale Change Management
Process Document" (Section 4 - Types of Changes).
Includes all ass interface release notifications pertaining to the above ass systems, subject to
the exclusions specified below.
Release Notifications sent on or before the date required by the CMP are considered timely. A
release notification "sent date" is determined by the date of the e-mail sent by awest that provides the
Release Notification. NOTE 7
Release Notifications sent after the date required by the (CMP) are considered untimely. Release
Notifications required but not sent are considered untimely.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate
Unit of Measure: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Formula:
((Number of required release notifications for specified ass interface changes made within the reporting
period that are sent on or before the date required by the change management plan (CMP) -;- Total
number of required release notifications for specified ass interface changes within reporting period))x100
Exclusions:
Changes to be implemented on an expedited basis (exception to ass notification intervals) as
mutually agreed upon by CLECs and awest through the CMP.
Chan es where awest and CLECs a ree, throu h the CMP , that notification is unnecessa
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 23
PO-16 Timely Release Notifications (continued)
Product Reporting:None Standards:
Vol. 1-10: No more than one
untimely notification
Vol. ~ 10: 92.5% timely notifications
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. The Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document specifies the
intervals for release, notifications by type of notification. These intervals are
documented in the change management plan.
2. The documents described in section "0 - Retirement of Existing OSS
Interfaces" of the "Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document"
as "Initial Retirement Notice" and "Final Retirement Notice.
3. EXACT is a Telecordia system. Only release notifications for changes initiated
by Qwest for hardware or connectivity will be included in this measurement.
4. EB-TA is the same system as MEDIACC.
5. CRIS, lABS, and Loss and Completions will adhere to the notification intervals
documented in section 8.1 - Changes to Existing Application to Application
Interface.
6. The documents described in section "0 - Introduction of New OSS Interface" of
the "Qwest Wholesale Change Management Process Document" as "Initial
Release Announcement and Preliminary Implementation Plan" (new App to App
only), "Initial Interface Technical Specification" (new App to App only), "Final
Interface Technical Specifications (new App to App only), "Release Notification
(new GUI only). CMP notices for "Introduction of a New OSS" are to be included
in this measurement even though the new system is not explicitly listed in the
Description" section of this PID. However, once implemented , the system will
not be added to the measurement for purposes of measuring release, change
and retirement notifications unless specifically incorporated as an authorized
change to the PID.
7. The intervals used to determine timeliness are based on CMP guidelines.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 24
PO-19- Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy
Purpose:
Evaluates Qwest's ability to provide accurate production-like tests to CLECs for testing new releases in
the SATE and production environments and testing between releases in the SATE environment.
Description:
PO-19A
Measures the percentage of test transactions that conform to the test scenarios published in the IMA
EDI Data Document for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) that are successfully executed
in SATE at the time a new IMA Release is deployed to SATE. In months where no release activity
occurs, measures the percentage of test transactions that conform to the test scenarios published in
the current IMA EDI Data Document-for the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) that are
successfully executed in SATE during the between-releases monthly performance test.
Includes one test transaction for each test scenario published in the IMA EDI Data Document for
the Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE).
Test transactions will be executed for each of the IMA releases supported in SATE utilizing all test
scenarios for each of the current versions of the IMA EDI Data Document for the Stand Alone Test
Environment (SA TE).
The successful execution of a transaction is determined by the Qwest Test Engineer according to:
The expected results of the test scenario as described in the IMA EDI Data Document for the
Stand Alone Test Environment (SATE) and the EDI disclosure document.
The transactions strict adherence to business rules published in Qwest's most current IMA EDI
Disclosure Documentation for each release and the associated Addenda. NOTE 1
For this measurement, Qwest will execute the test transactions in the Stand-Alone Test Environment.
Release related test transactions will be executed when a full or point release of IMA is installed
in SATE. These transactions will be executed within five business da s of the numbered release
being originally installed in SATE. This five-business day period will be referred to as the "Testing
Window.
Mid-release monthly performance test transactions will be executed in the months when no
Testing Window for a release is completed. These transactions will be executed on the 15 , or
the nearest working day to the 15th of the month, in the months when no release related test
transactions are executed.
Test transaction results will be reported by release and included in the Reporting Period during which
the release transactions or mid-release test transactions are completed.
PO-19B
Validates the extent that SATE mirrors production by measuring the percentage of IMA EDI test
transactions that produce comparable results in SATE and in production.
Transactions counted as producing comparable results are those that return correctly formatted
data and fields as specified in the release s EDI disclosure document and developer worksheets
related to the IMA release being tested.
Comparability will be determined by evaluating the data and fields in each EDI message for the
test transactions against the same data and fields for Preorder queries, LSRs, and
Supplementals, and returned as Query Responses, Acknowledgements, Firm Order
Confirmations (FOCs) for flow-through eligible products, and rejects.
Test transactions are executed one time for each new major IMA release within 7 days after the IMA
release.
Test transactions consist of a defined suite of Product/Activity combinations. Qwest's three
regions will be represented. NOTE 2
- Pre-order, Order, and Post-order transactions (FOCs for flow-through products) are included.
With respect to the comparability of the structure and content of results from SATE and production
environments , this measurement focuses only on the validity of the structure and the validity of the
content, per developer worksheets and EID mapping examples distributed as part of release
notifications. NOTE 3
Reporting Period:
PO-19A -- One month
PO-19B: -- One month (for those months in
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004
Unit of Measure:Percent
Page 25
PO-19 Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy (continued)
which release-related test transactions are
completed)
Reporting Comparisons: None Disaggregation Reporting:
PO-19A - Reported separately for each release tested
in the reporting period
PO-19B -- None
Formula:
PO-19A
((T otal number of successfully completed SATE test transactions executed for a Software Release or
between-releases performance test completed in the Reporting Period) + (Total number of SATE test
transactions executed for each Software Release or between-releases performance test completed in
the Reporting Period)) x 100
PO-19B
((Total number of completed IMA EDI test transactions executed in SATE and production that
produce comparable results for each new major IMA Software Release completed in the Reporting
Period) + (Total number of completed IMA EDI test transactions executed in SATE and production for
each new major IMA Software Release completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
For PO-19B:
Transactions that fail due to the unavailability of a content item (e., TN exhaustion in SATE or the
production environment) or a function in the SATE or production environments (e., address
validation query or CSR query) that is unsuccessful due to an outage in systems that interface with
IMA-EDI (e., PREMIS or SIA).
Transactions that fail because of differences between the production and SATE results caused when
an IMA candidate is implemented into IMA and not SATE (Le., where CMP decides not to implement
aniMA candidate in a SATE release: e., the Reject Duplicate LSR candidate in IMA 12.0). This
exclusion does not apply during reporting periods in which there are no differences between
production IMA and SATE caused by SATE releases packaQed pursuant to CMP decisions.
Product Reporting: None Standard:
PO-19A - 95% for each release tested
PO-19B - 95%
Notes:1. Transactions that are executed and found to
have inconsistencies with the data and format
rules will be corrected and rerun. Rerun
volumes will not be counted in the denominator
for PO-19. Such corrections and re-executions
are intended to enforce strict adherence to
business rules published in Qwest's most
current IMA EDI Data and Disclosure
Documents.
2. The product and activity combinations that
make up the test decks for PO-19B will be
updated after each major IMA software release
and provided to CLECs with the publication of
IMA EDI Draft Interface Technical
Specifications for the next major IMA software
release as defined in the CMP process. All
combinations with ED I transaction volumes
:=-
100 in the previous 12-month period will be
included in the test deck. 75 days prior to the
execution of the test, Qwest will run a query
against IMA to determine which combinations
meet the criteria for inclusion (Le., volumes
:=-
100).
Availability:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 26
PO-19 Stand-Alone Test Environment (SATE) Accuracy (continued)
3. The intent of this provision is to avoid including
the effects of circumstances beyond the SATE
environment that could cause differences in
SATE and production results that are not due
to problems in mirroring production. For
example, because of real-time data
manipulation in production, an appointment
availability query transaction in SATE will not
return the same list of available appointments
as in production. Available appointments
production are fully dependent on real-time
activities that occur there, whereas available
appointments in SATE are based on a pre-
defined list that is representative of production.
Owest Idaho SGATThird Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 27
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy
Purpose:
Evaluates the degree to which awest accurately processes CLECs' Local Service Requests (LSRs), which
are electronically-submitted and manually processed by awest, into awest Service Orders, based on
mechanized comparisons of specified LSR-Service Order fields and focusing on the percentage of manually-
processed Service Orders that are accurate/error-free.
Descri ption:
Measures the percentage of manually-processed awest Service Orders that are populated correctly, in
specified data fields, with information obtained from CLEC LSRs.
Includes only Service Orders created from CLEC LSRs that awest receives NOTE 1 electronically (via IMA-
GUI or IMA-EDI) and manually processes in the creation of Service Orders, regardless of flow through
eligibility, subject to exclusions specified below.
Includes only Service Orders, from the product reporting categories specified below, that request inward
line or feature activity (Change, New, and Transfer order types), are assigned a due date by awest, and
are completed/closed in the reporting period. Change Service Order types included in this measurement
consist of all C orders with "I" and "T" action-coded line or feature USOCs.
All Service Orders satisfying the above criteria and as specified in the Availability section below are
evaluated in this measurement.
An inward line Service Order will be classified as "accurate" and thus counted in the numerator in the
formula below when the mechanized comparisons of this measurement determine that the fields
specified in the Service Order Fields Evaluated section below (when the source fields have been properly
populated on the LSR) are all accurate on the Service, Order. An inward feature Service Order will be
classified as "accurate" if the fields specified in the Service Order Fields Evaluated section below (when
the source fields have been properly populated on the LSR) are all accurate on the Service Order and if
no CLEC notifications to the call center have generated call center tickets coded to LSR/SO mismatch for
that order.
Service Orders will be counted as being accurate if the contents of the relevant fields , as recorded in
the completed Service Orders involved in provisioning the service, properly match or correspond to
the information from the specified fields as provided in the latest version of associated LSRs.
Service orders generated from LSRs receiving a PIA (Provider Initiated Activity value will be counted
as being accurate if each and every mismatch has a correct and corresponding PIA value.
Service Orders, including those otherwise considered accurate under the above-described
mechanized field comparison, will not be counted as accurate if awest corrects errors in its Service
Order(s) as a result of contacts received from CLECs no earlier than one business day prior to the
original due date.
Reporting Period: One month , reported in
arrears (i.e., results first appear in reports one
month later than results for measurements that are
not reported in arrears), in order to exclude Service
Orders that are the subject of call center tickets
counted in OP-58 and OP-, as having new
service problems attributed to Service Order errors.
Unit of Measure:Percent
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC Aggregate and individual CLEC
Disaggregation Reporting:
Statewide Level
Formula:
((Number of accurate, evaluated Service Orders) + (Number of evaluated Service Orders completed in
the reporting period)) x 100
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit 8 November 30, 2004 Page 28
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
Exclusions:
Service Orders that are the subject of call center tickets counted in OP-5B and OP-5T as having new
service problems attributed to Service Order errors.
Cancelled Service Orders.
Service Orders that cannot be matched to a corresponding LSR
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.Product Reporting: Standard:
Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21) Benchmarks, as follows:
Unbundled Loops (Analog and Non-Loaded 2/4-wire, DS1
Capable, DS3 and higher Capable, ADSL Compatible
XDSL-I Capable, ISDN-BRI Capable)
Availability:
Phase 0 - PO-20 (Old) (the first version using
sampling of limited fields). (Available now)
Phase 1 NOTE 2 - PO-20 (Expanded) Mechanized
version (as defined herein). All qualifying orders
associated with initial LSRs received via IMA
version 15.0 or higher beginning with May 2004
data reported in Jul 04.
Phase 2 - Additional fields added. No later than
Sep 04 results reported in Nov 04
Phase 3- Additional fields added. Targeted for
1 st Quarter 05
Phase 4 - Additional fields added. (Date TBD).
Phase 1
Phase 2
Phase 3 & beyond
97%
96%
95%
Notes:
1. To be included in the measurement, Service
Orders created from CLEC LSRs must be
received and completed in the same version of
IMA-GUI or IMA-EDI.
2. Phase 1: Consists of all manually-processed,
qualifying Service Orders per product reporting
category specified above, from throughout
Qwest's 14-state local service region.
LSR Service Order Fields Evaluated
Phase 1 - (Effective with LSRs received beginning May 2004)
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
CCNA Customer Carrier CCNA field of LSR form compared to the RSID/ZCID field
LSR Name identifier in the Extended ID section of the Service Order.
Abbreviation
PON Purchase Order PON field of LSR form compared to the PON field in Bill
Number Section of the Service Order.
DITSENT Date and time The DITSENT field of LSR form from the Firm Order
sent Manager, using applied business day cut-off rules and
business typing rules, and compare to the APP (Application
Date) used on the Service Order.
CHC Coordinated Hot Applies only to Unbundled Loop.
Cut Requested Validate that the installation USOC used on the Service
Order matches the Coordinated Cut request. (Evaluated in
conjunction with the TEST field to determine correct USOC.
TEST Testing required Applies only to Unbundled Loop.
Validate that the installation USOC used on the Service
Order matches the TEST reque~t. (Evaluated in conjunction
with the CHC field to determine correct USOC.
Network Channel Applies only to Unbundled Loop. NC field on the LSR form
Code compared to provisioning USOC for CKL 1 on the Service
Order.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 29
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR Service Order Fields Evaluated
Phase 1 - (Effective with LSRs received beginning May 2004)
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
Form
LSR Field
Code
NCI
SECNCI
PIC
Resale or LPIC
Centrex
Resale
Centrex
TNS
LSR Field Name
Network Channel
Interface Code
Secondary
Network Channel
Interface Code
InterLA T A Pre-
subscription
Indicator Code
IntraLA T A Pre-
subscription
Indicator Code
Telephone
Numbers
FA! Feature
FEATURE Activity/Feature
Codes
Remarks/Service Order Field:
Applies only to Unbundled Loop NClfield on the LSR form
compared to provisioning USOC for CKL 1 on the Service
Order.
Applies only to Unbundled Loop orders.
SECNCI field on the LSR form compared to the provisioning
USOC for CKL2 on the Service Order.
PIC field on Resale or Centrex form compared to PIC
populated on the "I" or "T" action lines in the Service and
Equipment section of the Service Order.
Note:
LSR PIC = None; S.O. PIC = None
LPIC field on Resale or Centrex form compared to LPIC
populated on the "I" or "T" action lines in the Service and
Equipment section of the Service Order.
Note:
LSR LPIC = None; S.O. LPIC = 9199
LSR LPIC = DFLT; S.O. LPIC = 5123
Validate that all telephone numbers in the TNS fields in the
Service Details section on the Resale or Centrex form
requiring inward activity are addressed on the Service Order.
When the FA = N, T, V
Validate line and feature USOCs provided in the FEATURE
field on the Resale or Centrex form are addressed with "
and/or "T' action lines on the Service Order.
Note: Comparison will be based on the USOCs associated
with line and feature activity listed in the PO-20 usoe List
posted on Qwest's public website, on the web page
containing the current PID
www.qwestcom/whoiesale/results). Qwest may add USOCs
to the list, delete grand-fathered/ discontinued or obsolete
USOCs, or update USOCs assigned to listed descriptions by
providing notice in the monthly Summary of Notes and
updating the list
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 30
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR Service Order Fields Evaluated
Phase 1 - (Effective with LSRs received beginning May 2004)
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
Form
LS/
LSNP
r:::
E .
!!!
"- ..J
r:::
en .
g':E
!!! (.)
..J 0
.s ~
r:::
C 0
I 'C..J .!c ~
LSR Field
Code
ECCKT
CFA
LTY
TOA
DML
NOSL
LSR Field Name
Exchange
Company Circuit
Connecting
Facility
Assignment
Listing Type
Type of Account
Direct Mail List
No Solicitation
Indicator
Remarks/Service Order Field:
Applies to LSRs with ACT = C (only when NC code has not
changed, M , or T.
ECCKT field on the LS form compared to the CLS field in the
Service and Equipment section of the Service Order.
CFA field on the LS or LSNP forms compared to the CFA
field used in CKL 1 of the Service Order. (Verbal acceptance
of CFA changes will be FOC'd and PIA', which will account
for the mismatch and eliminate it as an error in the PO-
calculation.
TY = 1 (Listed - appears in DA and the directory.) Validate
that there is a LN in the List section of the Service Order.
TY = 2 (Non Listed - appears only in DA.) Validate that
there is non listing instructions in the LN field in the List
section of the Service Order.
Central/Western Region: Validate that the left handed field
is NLST and (NON-LIST) is contained in the NLST data field
in the List section of the Service order.
Eastern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NL
and (NON LIST) is contained in the NL data field in the List
section of the Service Order.
TY = 3 (Non Pub - does not appear in the directory and
telephone number does not appear in DA.) Validate that
there is non published instructions in the LN field in the List
section of the Service Order.
Central/Western Regions: Validate that the left handed
field is NP and (NON-PUB) is contained in the NP data field
in the List section of the Service Order.
Eastern Region: Validate that the left handed field is NP
and (NP LODA) or (NP NODA) is contained in the NP data
field in the List section of the Service Order.
Validate TOA entries (only reviewed when BRO field on DL
form is not populated):
TOA valid entries are B or RP
Validate that there is a semi colon (;) within the LN in the
List section of the Service Order.
TO A valid entries are R or BP
Validate that there is a comma (,) within the LN in the List
section of the Service Order.
Exception: When LSR-TOS = 3, TOA review is Not
Applicable. Handled by Complex Listing Group. Requires
separate Service Order.
DML field = 0 on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(OCLS).
Arizona Only
NOSL field = Y on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(NSOL) (OCLS).
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 31
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
LSR Service Order Fields Evaluated
Phase 1 - (Effective with LSRs received beginning May 2004)
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
TMKT Telemarketing Colorado Only
TMKT field = 0 on DL form; Service Order LN contains
(OATD).
When both the DML and the TMKT fields are populated , DML
validation applies.
LNLN and Listed Name LNLN and LNFN fields on DL form compared to the LN field
LNFN in the List section of the Service Order.
ADI Address Indicator ADI = 0 on DL form; Service Order LA contains (OAD).
LAPR Listed Address LAPR field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number Prefix section of the Service Order.
LANO Listed Address LANO field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number section of the Service Order.
LASF Listed Address LASF field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Number Suffix section of the Service Order.
LASD Listed Address LASD field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Directional section of the Service Order.
LASN Listed Address LASN field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Name section of the Service Order.
LATH Listed Address LATH field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Type section of the Service Order.
LASS Listed Address LASS field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Street Directional section of the Service Order.
Suffix
LALOC Listed Address LALOC field of the Listing form compared to LA in the List
Locality section of the Service Order.
Phase 2 No later than Sep 04 results
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
LSR DSPTCH Dispatch Limited to Unbundled Loops where ACT = Z or V only.
If DSPTCH field on the LSR form = Y, validate dispatch
USOC in the Service and Equipment section of the Service
Order.
LTC Line Treatment Applies only to Centrex 21
Code LTC field numeric value on the Centrex form compared to the
data following the CAT field for the Line USOC on the
Centrex Service Order.
COS Class of Service Applies only to Centrex 21.
- awest Specific COS field of the Centrex form compared to the CS field in the
ID section of the Service Order.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 32
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
Phase 2 - No later than Sep 04 results
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
Resale FEATURE Feature Details As specified in Appendix A of the 14 State Working PID.
DETAILS Comparison would be based on the fields associated with the
Centrex USOC list referenced under Feature Activity in Phase
above.
Phase 3 - Targeted for 1 st Quarter 05
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
Resale BLOCK Blocking Type For each LNUM provided in the Service Detail section of the
(Stage 1)Resale or Centrex form when BA = E:
Centrex Note: The BLOCK field may have one or more alpha and/or
numeric values per LNUM. This review will only validate
based on BA/BLOCK fields and will not address blocking
information provided in the "Remark" section on the LSR or
the Feature Detail section of the LSR. The values listed
below will be considered as follows:
If BLOCK contains A, validate FID TBE A is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains B, validate FID TBE B is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains C, validate FID TBE C is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
If BLOCK contains H , validate FID BLKD is present on the
service order floated behind line USOC associated with the
TNS for that LNUM.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 33
PO-20 (Expanded) - Manual Service Order Accuracy (continued)
Phase 4 - Date TBD
LSR-Service Order Fields Evaluated
Mechanized comparison of the fields from the Service Order to the LSR:
LSR Field
Form Code LSR Field Name Remarks/Service Order Field:
DFDT Desired Frame Applicable only to orders for Resale and UNE-P (POTS and
Due Time Centrex 21
DFDT field on the LSR form compared to the FDT field in the
Extended ID section of the Service Order.
LSR DDD Desired Due DDD field from the last FOC'd LSR compared to the original
Date or last subsequent due date in the Extended ID section on
the Service Order when no CFLAG/PIA is present on the
FOC. (Le. Evaluation includes recognition of valid differences
between DDD and Service Order based on population of the
CFLAG/PIA field on the LSRC (FOC))
LTN Listed Telephone For Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21):t/)
s.. "j Number L TN field on the Listing form compared to the Main Account
Number of the Service Order.
t/)
:::i
~E 0:"For Unbundled Loop: L TN field on the Listing form compareds..r::- 0 Q) .to the TN floated after the LN in the Listing section of theu....~:!
Service Order.(ij ii
LNPL Letter Name LNPL field on the Listing form = L , validate that LN on the
Placement Service Order follows letter placement versus word
placement.
Resale FEATURE Feature Details If CLECs propose additional FIDs for review, Owest will
DETAILS undertake a feasibility evaluation.
Centrex
BLOCK Blocking Type If CLECs identify value in additional Blocking review, Owest
(StaQe 2)will undertake development. fReauirements to be developed)
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 34
Ordering and Provisioning
OP-2 - Calls Answered within Twenty Seconds - Interconnect Provisioning Center
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of CLEC access to Qwest's interconnection provisioning center(s) and retail
customer access to the Business Office, focusinq on the extent calls are answered within 20 seconds.
Descri ption:
Measures the percentage of (Interconnection Provisioning Center or Retail Business Office) calls that
are answered by an agent within 20 seconds of the first ring.
Includes all calls to the Interconnect Provisioning Center/Retail Business Office during the
reporting period , subject to exclusions specified below.
Abandoned calls and busy calls are counted as calls which are not answered within 20 seconds.
First ring is defined as when the customer s call is first placed in queue by the ACD (Automatic
Call Distributor).
Answer is defined as when the call is first picked up by the Qwest aqent.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Total Calls Answered by Center within 20 seconds) + (Total Calls received by Center)) x 100
Exclusions: Time spent in the VRU Voice Response Unit is not counted.
Product Reporting: Not applicable Standard: Parity
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 35
OP-3 - Installation Commitments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which awest installs services for Customers by the scheduled due date.
Description:
Measures the percentage of orders for which the scheduled due date is met.
All inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by awest and
which are completed/closed during the reporting period are measured, subject to exclusions
specified below. Change order types included in this measurement consist of all C orders
representing inward activit . Also included are orders with customer-requested due dates longer
than the standard interval.
Completion date on or before the Applicable Due Date recorded by awest is counted as a met due
date. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer
the most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If awest changes a due date for awest
reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (a) subsequent to
the oriQinal due date and (b) prior to a awest-initiated, chanQed due date, if any.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Com parisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC
and awest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type
Disaggregation" will be reported according to orders involving:
OP-3A Dispatches within MSAs;
OP-3B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
OP-3C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations:
OP-3D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
OP-3E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Total Orders completed in the reporting period on or before the Applicable Due Date) + (Total Orders
Completed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
. Due dates missed for standard categories of customer and non-awest reasons. Standard
categories of customer reasons are: previous service at the location did not have a customer-
requested disconnect order issued, no access to customer premises, and customer hold for
payment. Standard categories of non-awest reasons are: Weather, Disaster, and Work Stoppage.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 36
OP - 3 Installation Commitments Met (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential sinqle line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
DSO (non-designed provisioninq)Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-desianed provisioninQ)Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN (non-desianed provisionina)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (non-desiqned provisioninq)Parity with retail service
Qwest DSL (non-designed provisionina)Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting 95%
Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing 95%
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: 90%
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone-TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Primary ISDN (desianed provisionina)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (desiqned provisioning)Parity with retail service
DSO (desianed provisionina)Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (desiqned provisioning)Parity with retail service
Qwest DSL (desianed provisionina)Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aqqreqate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Lines above OS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaanostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analoq Loop 90%
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)90%
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
DS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop 90%
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-Qualified Loop 90%
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
(aqqreqate)Line services (aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diaqnostic
Loops with Conditionina 90%
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 37
OP - 3 Installation Commitments Met (continued)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (080 WA: 90%
level)All Other States: Diagnostic
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (081 90%
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (083 WA: 90%
level)All Other States: Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order the product, in any quantity, for
three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho 8GAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 38
OP-4 - Installation Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of Qwest's installation of services for customers, focusing on the average
time to install service.
Descri ption:
Measures the average interval (in business da s) NOTE 1 between the a lication date and the
completion date for service orders accepted and implemented.
Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) assigned a due date by
Qwest and which are completed/closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified
below. Change order types for additional lines consist of all C orders representing inward activit
Intervals for each measured event are counted in whole days: the application date is day zero (0);
the day following the application date is day one (1).
. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the
most recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Qwest changes a due date for Qwest
reasons, the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is (ab subsequent
to the original due date and (b) prior to a Qwest-initiated , changed due date, if any. N TE2
. Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest
Qwest-initiated due date, if any, followin~ the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent
customer-initiated due date, if any. NOTE
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Business Days
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC
aggregate
individual CLEC
and Qwest
Retail results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA Type
Disaggregation" will be reported according to orders involving:
OP-4A Dispatches within MSAs;
OP-4B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
OP-4C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations:
OP-4D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
OP-4E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
L((Order Completion Date) - (Order Application Date) - (Time interval between the Original Due Date
and the Applicable Date) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or
delays occurring after the Applicable Due Date))
-;-
Total Number of Orders Completed in the reporting
period
lanation: The average installation interval is derived by dividing the sum of installation intervals for
all orders (in business days) NOTE 1 by total number of service orders completed in the reporting period.
Exclusions:
Orders with customer requested due dates greater than the current standard interval.
. Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or application dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 39
OP-4 - Installation Interval (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
DSO (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN (non-designed Parity with retail service
provisioning)
Basic ISDN (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Qwest DSL (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting 3 days
Loop Splitting NO I c ;:s Diagnostic
Line Sharing 3 days
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: 6 days
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone- TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Primary ISDN (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN(designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DSO (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Qwest DSL (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with DS 1 Private Line Service
UDIT - Above DS 1 level Parity with Private Lines above DS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop 6 days
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)6 days
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
DS 1-capable Loop Idaho, Iowa, Montana, Nebraska, North
Dakota, Oregon , Wyoming: Parity with retail
DS 1 Private Line
Arizona, Colorado, Minnesota, New Mexico,
South Dakota, Utah, Washington: 5.5 days
xDSL-capable Loop 6 days
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop 6 days
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services
(aggregate)(agg reg ate )
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 40
OP-4 - Installation Interval (continued)
Dark Fiber - Loop
Loops with Conditioninq
E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (081
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3
level)
Availability:
Available
Diaqnostic
15 days
Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Diagnostic
6 days
Diagnostic
Notes:
1. For OP-, Saturday is counted as a business day for all orders for
Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well
as for the retail analogues specified above as standards. For all
other products under OP-4C and for all products under OP-
, -
, and -4E. Saturday is counted as a business day when the
service order is due or completed on Saturday.2. According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change
per successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up
to the point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs.
that point, the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (i.e., with no
further changes) as the date on which it was set prior to the first
Qwest-initiated due date change, if any. Following the first Qwest-
initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due date
changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are
subtracted as indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals
are calculated as stated in the description. (Though infrequent, in
cases where multiple Qwest-initiated due date changes occur, the
stated method for calculating delay intervals is applied to each pair
of Qwest-initiated due date change and subsequent customer-
initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus calculated
from each pairing of Qwest and customer-initiated due dates are
summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The
result of this approach is that Qwest-initiated impacts on intervals
are counted in the reported interval, and customer-initiated impacts
on intervals are not counted in the reported interval.3. Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any
quantity, for three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho 8GA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 41
OP-5 - New Service Quality
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of ordering and installing new services (inward line service orders), focusing on the
percentage of newly-installed service orders that are free of GLEe/customer-initiated trouble reports during
the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days following installation completion , and focusing on the
quality of Qwest's resolution of such conditions with respect to multiple reports.
Description:
Measures two components of new service provisioning quality (OP-5A and -58) and also reports a combined
result (OP-5T), as described below, each as a percentage of all inward line service orders completed in the
reporting period that are free of GLEe/customer-reported provisioning and repair trouble reports, as
described below. Also measures the percentage of all provisioning and repair trouble reports that constitute
multiple trouble reports for the affected service orders. (OP-5R)
Orders for new services considered in calculating all components of this performance indicator are all
inward line service orders completed in the reporting period, including Change (C-type) orders for
additional lines/circuits, subject to exclusions shown below. Chan~e order types considered in these
measurements consist of all C orders representing inward activity. OTE 1
Orders for new service installations include conversions (Retail to CLEC, CLEC to CLEC, and same
CLEC converting between products).
Provisioning or repair trouble reports include both out of service and other service affecting conditions
such as features on a line that are missing or do not function properly upon conversion , subject to
exclusions shown below.
OP-New Service Installation Qualitv Reported to Repair
Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of repair trouble reports NOTE 2
within 30 calendar days of installation completion , subject to exclusions below.
Repair trouble reports are defined as GLEe/customer notifications to Qwest of out-of-service and
other service affecting conditions for which Qwest opens repair tickets in its maintenance and repair
management and tracking systems NOTE 3 that are closed in the reporting period or the following
month, NOTE 4 subject to exclusions shown below. NOTE 5
Qwest is able to open repair tickets for repair trouble reports received from GLEes/customers once
the service order is completed in Qwest's systems.
OP-New Service Provisionina Qualitv
Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of provisioning trouble reports
during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days of installation completion , subject to
exclusions shown below.
Provisioning trouble reports are defined as CLEC notifications to Qwest of out of service or other
service affecting conditions that are attributable to provisioning activities, including but not limited to
LSR/service order mismatches and conversion outages. For provisioning trouble reports, Qwest
creates call center tickets in its call center database. Subject toexclusions shown below, call center
tickets closed in the reporting period or the following month NOTE 4 are captured in this measurement.
Call center tickets closed to Network reasons will not be counted in OP-58 when a repair trouble
report for that order is captured in OP-5A. NOTE 5, 6
OP-5T: New Service Installation Qualitv Total
Measures the percentage of inward line service orders that are free of repair or provisioning trouble
reports during the provisioning process and within 30 calendar days of installation completion, subject
to exclusion shown below.
OP-5R: New Service Qualitv Multiple Report Rate
Evaluates the quality of Qwest's responses to repair and provisioning trouble reports for inward line
service orders completed in the reporting period. This measurement reports, for those service orders
that were not free of repair or provisioning trouble reports in OP-5A or OP-, the percentage of
trouble reports affecting the same service orders that were followed by additional repair and
provisioning trouble reports, as specified below.
Measures the percentage of all repair and provisioning trouble reports considered in OP-5A and
OP-58 that are additional repair or provisioning trouble reports received by Qwest for the same
service order durinq the provisioning process or within 30 calendar days following installation
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit 8 November 30, 2004 Page 42
OP- 5 - New Service Quality (continued)
completion.
Additional repair or provisioning trouble reports are defined as all such reports that are received
following the first report (whether the first report is represented by a call center ticket or a repair
ticket) relating to the same service order during the provisioning process or within 30 calendar days
following installation completion. In all cases, the trouble reports counted are those that are defined
for OP-5A and OP-5B above. NOTE
Reporting Period: One month , reported in arrears (i., results first appear
in reports one month later than results for measurements that are not
reported in arrears), in order to cover the 3D-day period following installation.
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level
individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results
Formulas:
OP-5A = (Number inward line service orders completed in the reporting period Number of inward line
service orders with any re air trouble re orts as specified above) + (Number of inward line service
orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
Unit of Measure:
Percent
OP-58 = (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period Number of inward line
service orders with any rovisionin trouble re orts as specified above) + (Number of inward line
service orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
OP-5T = ((Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period) Number of inward line
service orders with re air or rovisionin trouble re orts as defined above under OP-5A or OP-
as applicable) + (Number of inward line service orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
OP-5R = (Number of all repair and provisioning trouble reports, relating to inward line service orders closed in
the reporting period as defined above under OP-5A or OP-, that constitute additional repair and
provisioning trouble reports, within 30 calendar days following the installation date + Number of all
repair and provisioning trouble reports relating to inward line service orders closed In the reporting
period, as defined above under OP-5A or OP-5B) x 100
Exclusions:
licable to OP-OP-5T and OP-5R:
Repair trouble reports attributable to CLEC or coded to non-Qwest reasons as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data , repair trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous-
Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE , Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider); and
Reports from other than the GLEe/customer that result in a charge if dispatched.
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data, repair reports coded to codes for:
Carrier Action (IEC); Customer Provided Equipment (CPE); Commercial power failure; Customer
requested service order activity; and Other non-Qwest.
Repair reports coded to disposition codes for referral to another department (Le., for non-repair ticket
resolutions of non-installation-related problems, except cable cuts, which are not excluded).
licable to OP-OP-5T and OP-5R onl
Provisioning trouble reports attributable to CLEC or non-Qwest causes.
Call center tickets relating to activities that occur as part of the normal process of conversion (Le., while
Qwest is actively and properly engaged in process of converting or installing the service). Provisioning
trouble reports involving service orders that, at the time of the calls, have fallen out for manual handling
and been disassociated from the related service order, as applicable, will be considered as not in the
normal process of conversion and will not be excluded.
licable to OP-OP-OP-5T and OP-5R:
Repair or provisioning trouble reports related to service orders captured as misses under measurements
OP-13 (Coordinated Cuts Timeliness) or OP-17 (LNP Timeliness).
Subsequent repair or provisioning trouble reports of any trouble on the installed service before the
original repair or provisioning trouble report is closed.
Service orders closed in the reporting period with App Dates earlier than eight months prior to the
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 43
OP- 5 - New Service Qualit continued
beginning of the reporting period.
Information tickets generated for internal awest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types. When out of service or service
affecting problems are reported to the call center on conversion and move requests, the resulting call
center ticket will be included in the calculation of the numerator in association with the related inward
order type even when the call center ticket reflects the problem was caused by the Disconnect or From
order.
Records involving official awest company services.
Records missin data essential to the calculation of the measurement as defined herein.
Product Reporting Categories: Standards:
As specified below - one OP-5A:
percentage result reported for OP-5B:
each bulleted category under
the sub-measurements shown.
Parity with retail service
Diagnostic for six months following first reporting. After
six months Benchmark (TBD)
OP-5T: Diagnostic
OP-5R: Diagnostic for six months following first reporting.
Possible standard (TBD)
(Where parity comparisons involve multiple service varieties in a
product category, weighting based on the retail analogue volumes may
be used if necessary to create a comparison that is not affected by
different proportions of wholesale and retail analogue volumes in the
same reporting category.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 44
OP- 5 - New Service Quality (continued)
Product Reporting:I Standards:
Reported under OP-5A, OP-5B, OP-5T and OP-5R:
(Product categories may be combined as aqreed upon bv the parties in Long-Term PID Administration.
OP-OP-OP-5T &
OP-
Resale
Residential single line Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
service
Business single line Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
service
Centrex Parity with retail service 96.Diaqnostic
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service 96.Diaqnostic
Qwest DSL Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
DSO Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
DS1 Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
DS3 and higher bit-Parity with retail service 96.Diagnostic
rate services
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service Diagnostic Diagnostic
Unbundled Network Parity with like retail 96.Diagnostic
Element - Platform service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Parity with retail Centrex 96.Diagnostic
Element - Platform
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Parity with retail Centrex 96.Diagnostic
Element - Platform
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with retail Qwest 96.Diagnostic
DSL
Loop Splitting Diaqnostic Diaanostic Diagnostic
Line Sharing Parity with retail RES &96.Diagnostic
BUS POTS
Sub-Loop Unbundling Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res &96.Diagnostic
Bus POTS with dispatch
Non-loaded Loop (2-Parity with retail ISDN 96.Diagnostic
wire)BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-Parity with retail DS1 96.Diagnostic
wire)
DS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS 1 96.Diagnostic
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail Qwest 96.Diagnostic
DSL
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN 96.Diagnostic
BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Qwest 96.Diagnostic
DSL with dispatch
Loop types of DS3 and Parity with retail DS3 96.Diagnostic
higher bit-rates and higher bit-rate
(aggregate)services (aqqreqate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic Diagnostic Diagnostic
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 45
OP- 5 - New Service Quality (continued)
Enhanced Extended Loops Diagnostic until volume
(EELs) - (DSO level) criteria are met
96.Diagnostic
Enhanced Extended Loops
(EELs) - (DS1Ievel)
Enhanced Extended Loops
(EELs) - (above DS1
level)
Parity with retail DS 1
Private Line
Diagnostic until volume
criteria are met
96.Diagnostic
Reoorted under OP-5A and under OP-5R Coer OP-5A soecifications):OP~A OP~R
Parity with Feature Diagnostic
Group D (aaareaate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT (DS1 Level) Parity with Retail Private Diagnostic
Lines (DS 1
UDIT (Above DS1 Level) Parity with Retail Private Diagnostic
Lines (Above DS 1 level)
Diaanostic
Parity with Retail
E911/911 Trunks
LIS Trunks
Dark Fiber - IOF
E911/911 Trunks
Availability:
Available
96.Diagnostic
Diaanostic
Diagnostic
Notes:
1. The specified Change order types representing inward activity exclude Change
orders that do not involve installation of lines (in both wholesale and retail results).
Specifically this measurement does not include changes to existing lines , such as
number changes and PIC changes.2. Including consideration of repeat repair trouble reports (i.e., additional reports of
trouble related to the same newly-installed line/circuit that are received after the
preceding repair report is closed and within 30 days following installation
completion) to complete the determination of whether the newly-installed line/circuit
was trouble free within 30 days of installation.3. Qwest's repair management and tracking systems consist of WFA (Work Force
Administration), MTAS (Maintenance Tracking and Administration System), and
successor repair systems, if any, as applicable to obtain the repair report data for
this measurement. Not included are Call Center Database systems supporting call
centers in logging calls from customers regarding problems or other inquiries (see
OP-5B and OP-5T).
4. The "following month" includes also the period of a few business da s (typically four
or five) afterward, up to the time when Qwest pulls the repair data to begin
processing results for this measurement.5. Includes repair and provisioning trouble reports generated by new processes that
supersede or supplement existing processes for submitting repair and provisioning
trouble reports as specified in Qwest's documented or agreed upon procedures.6. For purposes of calculating OP-, a call center ticket for multiple orders with
provisioning trouble reports will result in all orders reporting trouble counting as a
miss in OP-5B. If a repair trouble report(s) is received for the same orders, the
number of orders counted as a miss in OP-5B for Network reasons will be reduced
by the number of orders with repair troubles counted as a miss in OP-5A.
7. OP-5R will be counted on a per ticket basis.8. Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 46
OP-6 - Delayed Days
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent Owest is late in installing services for customers, focusing on the average number of
days that late orders are completed beyond the committed due date.
Description:
OP-6A - Measures the average number of business da s NOTE 1 that service is delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for non-facility reasons attributed to Owest.
Includes all inward orders (Change; New, and Transfer order types) that are
completed/closed during the reporting period, later, due to non-facility reasons, than the
Applicable Due Date recorded by Owest, subject to exclusions specified below.
OP-6B - Measures the average number of business days NOTE 1 that service is delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for facility reasons attributed to Owest.
Includes all inward orders (Change, New, and Transfer order types) that are
completed/closed during the reporting period later due to facility reasons than the original
due date recorded by Owest, subject to exclusions specified below.
For both OP-6A and OP-6B:
. Change order types for additional lines consist of "C" orders representing inward activit
. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most
recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Owest changes a due date for Owest reasons,
the Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date , if any, that is (a) subsequent to the
original due date and (b) prior to a Owest-initiated, changed due date, if any. NOTE 2
Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Owest-
initiated due date, if any, following the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent customer-initiated
due date, if any. NOTE 2
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Average Business Days
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC
and Owest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for products/services listed under Product Reporting under "MSA type
Disaggregation" will be reported for OP-6A and OP-6B according to orders
involving:1. Dispatches within MSAs;2. Dispatches outside MSAs; and3. No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to installations:4. In Interval Zone 1 areas; and5. In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
OP-6A = L((Actual Completion Date of late order for non-facility reasons)
-.,-
(Applicable Due Date of late
order) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays
occurring after the Applicable Due Date)) + (Total Number of Late Orders for non-facility
reasons completed in the reporting period)
. -
OP-6B = L((Actual Completion Date of late order for facility reasons) - (Applicable Due Date of late
order)) - (Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays
occurring after the Applicable Due Date) + (Total Number of Late Orders for facility reasons
completed in the reporting period)
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 47
OP- 6 - Delayed Days (continued)
Exclusions:
Orders affected only by delays that are solely for customer and/or CLEC reasons.
Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-Tvpe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential sinqle line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
DSO (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (non-desiqned provisioning)Parity with retail service
awest DSL (non-designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 ).
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splittinq Parity with retail awest DSL
Loop Splitting NOTE 3 Diagnostic
Line Sharing Parity with retail awest DSL
Sub-Loop Unbundlinq Diagnostic
Zone-type Disaaareaation -
Resale
Primary ISDN (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
DSO (desiqned provisioninq)Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks (designed provisioning)Parity with retail service
awest DSL (desiqned provisioninq)Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail DS1 Private Line- Service
UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Line- Services above OS
level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic'
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS with dispatch
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
OS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail awest DSL, with dispatch
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail awest DSL, with dispatch
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 48
OP- 6 - Delayed Days (continued)
Loop types of 083 and higher bit-rates
(aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop
E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (080
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (081
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (083
level)
Availability:
Available
Parity with retail 083 and higher bit-rate Private
Line services (aggregate)
Diaqnostic
Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Diagnostic
OP-6A: Parity with retail 081 Private Line
OP-6B: Diagnostic
Diagnostic
Notes:1. For OP-6A-3 and OP-6B~, Saturday is counted as a business day for
all orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-
(POTS), as well as for the retail analogues specified above as
standards. For all other products under OP-6A-3 and OP-6B-, and
for all products under OP-6A-
, -
6A-
, -
6A-
, -
6A-5, -6B-1 i -6B-
, -
6B-, and -6B-, Saturday is counted as a business day when the
service order is due or completed on Saturday.2. According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per
successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up to the
point when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point
the Applicable Due Date becomes fixed (Le., with no further changes)
as the date on which it was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due
date change, if any. Following the first Qwest-initiated due date
change, any further customer-initiated due date changes or delays are
measured as time intervals that are subtracted as indicated in the
formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated in the
description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest-
initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating
delay intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date
change and subsequent customer-initiated due date change or delay.
The intervals thus calculated from each pairing of Qwest and
customer-initiated due dates are summed and then subtracted as
indicated in the formula.) The result of this approach is that Qwest-
initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the reported interval , and
customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted in the reported
interval.3. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order the product, in any
Quantity, for three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 49
OP-7 - Coordinated "Hot Cut" Interval Unbundled Loop
Purpose:
Evaluates the duration of completing coordinated "hot cuts" of unbundled loops, focusing on the time
actually involved in disconnecting the loop from the Owest network and connecting/testing the loop.
Description:
Measures the average time to complete coordinated "hot cuts" for unbundled loops, based on intervals
beginning with the "lift" time and ending with the completion time of Owest's applicable tests for the
loop.
Includes all coordinated hot cuts of unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
. "
Hot cut" refers to moving the service of existing customers from Owest's switch/frames to the
CLEC's equipment, via unbundled loops, that will serve the customers.
. "
Lift" time is defined as when Owest disconnects the existing loop.
. "
Completion time" is defined as when Owest completes the applicable tests after connecting the
loop to the CLEC.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Hours and Minutes
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual CLEC
results
Formula:
L(Completion time - Lift time) -7 (Total Number of unbundled loops with coordinated cutovers
completed in the reporting period)
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Exclusions:
Time intervals associated with GLEe-caused delays.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Invalid start/stop dates/times or invalid scheduled date/times.
Product Reporting: Coordinated Unbundled Standard:
Loops - Reported separately for: CO: 1 hourAnalog Loops All Other States: Diagnostic in light of OP-All other Loop Types (Coordinated Cuts On Time)
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 50
OP-8 - Number Portability Timeliness
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of cutovers of local number portability (LNP).
Descri ption:
OP-8B - LNP Timeliness with Loop Coordination (percent!: Measures the percentage of coordinated
LNP triggers set prior to the scheduled start time for the loop.
All orders for LNP coordinated with unbundled loops that are completed/closed during
the reporting period are measured, subject to exclusions specified below.
OP-8C - LNP Timeliness without Loop Coordination (percent): Measures the percentage of LNP
triggers set prior to the Frame Due Time or scheduled start time for the LNP cutover as
applicable.
All orders for LNP for which coordination with a loop was not requested that are
completed/closed during the reporting period are measured (including standalone LNP
coordinated with other than Qwest-provided Unbundled Loops and non-coordinated
standalone LNP), subject to exclusions specified below.
For purposes of these measurements (OP-8B and -8C), "trigger" refers to the "1 O-digit
unconditional trigger" or Line Side Attribute (LSA) that is set or translated by Qwest.
. "
Scheduled start time" is defined as the confirmed appointment time (as stated on the FOC), or a
newly negotiated time. In the case of LNP cutovers coordinated with loops, the scheduled time
used in this measurement will be no later than the "lay" time for the loop.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent of triggers set on time
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Formula:
OP-8B = ((Number of LNP triggers set before the scheduled time for the coordinated loop cutover)
-;-
(Total Number of LNP activations coordinated with unbundled loops completed)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
OP-8C = ((Number of LNP triggers set before the Frame Due Time or Scheduled Start Time) -;- (Total
Number of LNP activations without loop cutovers completed)) x 100
Exclusions:
GLEe-caused delays in trigger setting.
LNP requests that do not involve automatic triggers (e., DID lines without separate, unique
telephone numbers and Centrex 21).
LNP requests for which the records used as sources of data for these measurements have the
following types of errors:
Records with no paN (purchase order number) or STATE.
Records where triggers cannot be set due to switch capabilities.
Records with invalid due dates, a lication dates, or start dates.
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Invalid start/stop dates/times or invalid frame due or scheduled date/times.
Product Reporting: None Standard:95%
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 51
OP-13- Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop
Purpose:
Evaluates the percentage of coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are completed on time, focusing
on cuts completed within one hour of the committed order due time and the percent that were started
without CLEC approval.
Description:
Includes all LSRs for coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are completed/closed during the
reporting period
, '
subject to exclusions specified below.
. OP-13A - Measures the percentage of LSRs (CLEC orders) for all coordinated cuts of unbundled
loops that are started and completed on time. For coordinated loop cuts to be counted as "
time" in this measurement, the CLEC must agree to the start time, and awest must (1) receive
verbal CLEC approval before starting the cut or lifting the loop, (2) complete the physical work and
appropriate tests, (3) complete the awest portion of any associated LNP orders and (4) call the
CLEC with completion information, all within one hour of the time interval defined by the
committed order due time.
. OP-13B - Measures the percentage of all LSRs for coordinated cuts of unbundled loops that are
actually started without CLEC approval.
. "
Scheduled start time" is defined as the confirmed appointment time (as stated on the FOC), or a
newly negotiated appointment time.
. The "committed order due time" is based on the number and type of loops involved in the cut and
is calculated by adding the applicable time interval from the following list to the scheduled start
time:
Analog unbundled loops:
1 to 16 lines: 1 Hour
17 to 24 lines: 2 Hours
25+ lines: Project*
All other unbundled loops:
1 to 5 lines: 1 Hour
6 to 8 lines: 2 Hours
9 to 11 lines: 3 Hours
12 to 24 lines: 4 Hours
25+ lines: Project*
For Pro ects scheduled due dates and scheduled start times will be negotiated between CLEC
and awest, but no committed order due time is established. Therefore, projects are not included
in OP-13A (see exclusion below).
. "
Stop" time is defined as when awest notifies the CLEC that the awest physical work and the
appropriate tests have been successfully accomplished, including the awest portion of any
coordinated LNP orders.
. Time intervals following the scheduled start time or during the cutover process associated with
customer-caused delays are subtracted from the actual cutover duration.
. Where awest's records of completed coordinated cut transactions are missing evidence of CLEC
approval of the cutover, the cut will be counted as a miss under both OP-13A and OP-13B.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate and individual CLEC
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for this measurement will be reported according to:
OP-13A Cuts Completed On Time
OP-13B Cuts Started Without CLEC Approval
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 52
OP-13- Coordinated Cuts On Time - Unbundled Loop (continued)
Formula:
OP-13A = ((Count of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop cuts completed "On Time ) + (Total
Number of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop Cuts completed in the reporting period))
x 100
OP-13B = ((Count of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop cuts whose actual start time occurs
without CLEC approval) + (Total Number of LSRs for Coordinated Unbundled Loop Cuts
completed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Applicable to OP-13A:
Loop cuts that involve CLEC-requested non-standard methodologies, processes, or timelines.
OP-13A & OP-13B:
Records with invalid completion dates.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID which are not
otherwise designated to be "counted as a miss
Invalid starUstop dates/times or invalid scheduled date/times.
Projects involving 25 or more lines.
Product Reporting: Coordinated Unbundled
Loops - Reported separately for:
Analog Loops
All Other Loops'
Standards:,
OP-13A:
AZ.: 90 Percent or more
All Other States: 95 Percent or more
Availability:
OP-13B: Diagnostic
Notes:
Available
, awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 53
OP-15- Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Owest's pending orders are late, focusing on the average number of days the
pending orders are delayed past the Applicable Due Date , as of the end of the reporting period.
Description:
OP-15A - Measures the average number of business da s that pending orders are delayed beyond the
Applicable Due Date for reasons attributed to Owest.
Includes all pending inward orders (Change , New, and Transfer order types) for which the Applicable
Due Date recorded by Owest has been missed, subject to exclusions specified below. Change order
types included in this measurement consist of all "C" orders representing inward activit
. The Applicable Due Date is the original due date or, if changed or delayed by the customer, the most
recently revised due date, subject to the following: If Owest changes a due date for Owest reasons, the
Applicable Due Date is the customer-initiated due date, if any, that is ~a) subsequent to the original due
date and (b) prior to a Owest-initiated, changed due date , if any. NOTE
. Time intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date, as applied in the formula below, are calculated by subtracting the latest Owest-
initiated due date, if any, following the Applicable Due Date, from the subsequent customer-initiated due
date, if any. NOTE 1
OP-15B - Reports the number of pending orders measured in the numerator of OP-15A that were delayed
for Owest facility reasons.
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate, individual CLEC, Owest retail
Unit of Measure:
OP-15A - Average Business Days NOTE 2
OP-15B - Number of orders pendinq facilities
Disaggregation Reporting:
Statewide
Reporting Period: One month
Formula:
OP-15A = L((Last Day of Reporting Period) - (Applicable Due Date of Late Pending Order) - (Time
intervals associated with customer-initiated due date changes or delays occurring after the
Applicable Due Date))
-;-
(Total Number of Pending Orders Delayed for Owest reasons as of the
last day of Reporting Period)
OP-15B = Count of pending orders measured in numerator of OP-15A that were delayed for Owest facility
reasons
Exclusions:
. Disconnect, From (another form of disconnect) and Record order types.
. Records involving official company services.
. Records with invalid due dates or a lication dates.
. Records with invalid product codes.
. Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 54
Product Reporting:
OP-15- Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date (continued)
Resale
Residential sin Ie line service
Business sin Ie line service
Centrex
Centex 21
Sub-Loo Unbundlin
LIS Trunks
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Trans ort
UDIT - DS1 level
UDIT -Above DS11evei
Dark Fiber - IOF
Unbundled Loo s:
Analog Loop
Loop types of DS3 or higher bit rate
re ate
Dark Fiber - Loo
E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loo
Standards: OP-15B = diagnostic only
For OP-15A:
with retail service
with retail service
with retail service
with retail service
Dia nostic Ex ectation: Parit with retail service
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail service)
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Centrex 21)
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Centrex)
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail awestDSL
Diagnostic
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail awest
DSL
Diagnostic
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with Feature Group Dre ate se aratel re orted
UDIT
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with DS1 Private
Line- Service
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with Private Line-
Services above DS 1 level
Dia nostic
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail Res and
Bus POTS with dis atch
Diagnostic Ex ectation: Parit with retail ISDN BRI
Dia nostic Ex ectation: Parit with retail DS1
Dia nostic Ex ectation: Parit with retail DS 1
Diagnostic Ex ectation: Parit with ISDN-BRI
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail awest DSL
with dis atch
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail DS3 and
hi her bit-rate services a re ate
Dia nostic
Diagnostic (Expectation: Parity with retail E911/911
Trunks
Diagnostic
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 55
OP-15- Interval for Pending Orders Delayed Past Due Date (continued)
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. According to this definition, the Applicable Due Date can change, per
successive customer-initiated due date changes or delays, up to the point
when a Qwest-initiated due date change occurs. At that point, the Applicable
Due Date becomes fixed (Le., with no further changes) as the date on which it
was set prior to the first Qwest-initiated due date change, if any. Following
the first Qwest-initiated due date change, any further customer-initiated due
date changes or delays are measured as time intervals that are subtracted as
indicated in the formula. These delay time intervals are calculated as stated
in the description. (Though infrequent, in cases where multiple Qwest-
initiated due date changes occur, the stated method for calculating delay
intervals is applied to each pair of Qwest-initiated due date change and
subsequent customer-initiated due date change or delay. The intervals thus
calculated from each pairing of Qwest and customer-initiated due dates are
summed and then subtracted as indicated in the formula.) The result of this
approach is that Qwest-initiated impacts on intervals are counted in the
reported interval, and customer-initiated impacts on intervals are not counted
in the reported interval.2. For OP-15A, Saturday is counted as a business day for all non-dispatched
orders for Resale Residence, Resale Business, and UNE-P (POTS), as well
as for non-dispatched orders in the retail analogues specified above as
standards. For all other non-dispatched products and for all dispatched
products under OP-15A, Saturday is not counted as a business day.3. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order the product, in any quantity, for
three consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 56
OP-17- Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders
Purpose:
Evaluates the quality of awest completing LNP telephone number porting, focusing on the degree to
which portinQ occurs without implementing associated disconnects before the scheduled time/date.
Description:
OP-17 A
Measures the percentage of all LNP telephone numbers (TNs), both stand alone and associated with
loops, that are ported without the incidence of disconnects being made by awest before the
scheduled time/date, as identified by associated qualifying trouble reports.
Focuses on disconnects associated with timely GLEG requests for delaying the disconnects or no
requests for delays.
The scheduled time/date is defined as 11 :59 p.m. on (1) the due date of the LNP order recorded
by awest or (2) the delayed disconnect date requested by the GLEG, where the GLEG submits a
timely request for delay of disconnection.
- A GLEG request for delay of disconnection is considered timely if received by awest before 8:00
m. MT on the current due date of the LNP order recorded by awest.
OP-17B
Measures the percentage of all LNP telephone numbers (TNs), both stand alone and associated
with loops, that are ported without the incidence of disconnects being made by awest before the
scheduled time/date, as identified by associated qualifying trouble reports.
Includes only disconnects associated with untimely GLEG requests for delaying the
disconnects.
A GLEG request for delay of disconnection is considered "untimely" if received by awest
after 8:00 p.m. MT on the current due date of the LNP order recorded by awest and before
12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the current due date.
Disconnects are defined as the removal of switch translations, including the 1 O-digit trigger.
Disconnects that are implemented early, and thus counted as a "miss" under this measurement, are
those that the GLEG identifies as such to awest via trouble reports, within four calendar days of the
actual disconnect date, that are confirmed to be caused by disconnects being made before the
scheduled time.
Includes all GLEG orders for LNP TNs completed in the reporting period, subject to exclusions
specified below.
Reporting Period: One month
Reporting Comparisons: GLEG Aggregate
and Individual GLEG
Formula:
((Total number of LNP TNs ported pursuant to orders completed in the reporting period Number of TNs
with qualifying trouble reports notifying awest that disconnection before the scheduled time has occurred)
-;-
Total Number of LNP TNs ported pursuant to orders completed in the reporting period) x 100
Unit of Measure:Percent
Disaggregation Reporting:Statewide
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 57
OP-17- Timeliness of Disconnects associated with LNP Orders (continued)
Exclusions:
OP-17 A only
Trouble reports notifying Owest of early disconnects associated with situations for which the CLEC
has failed to submit timely requests to have disconnects held for later implementation.
OP-17A & B
Trouble reports not related to valid requests (LSRs) for LNP and associated disconnects.
LNP requests that do not involve automatic triggers (e., DID lines without separate, unique TNs
and Centrex 21).
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared, closed or due dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
OP-17B only
Trouble reports notifying Owest of early disconnects associated with situations for which the CLEC
did not submit its untimely requests by 12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the LNP due date to
have disconnects held for later implementation.
Product Reporting:LNP Standards:
OP-17 A - 98.25%
OP-17B - Diagnostic only, in light of its measuring
only requests for delay of disconnect
that are defined as untimely.
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 58
Maintenance and Repair
MR-2 - Calls Answered within 20 Seconds - Interconnect Repair Center
Purpose:
Evaluates Customer access to awest's Interconnection and/or Retail Repair Center(s), focusing on
the number of calls answered within 20 seconds.
Description:
Measures the percentage of Interconnection and/or Retail Repair Center calls answered within 20
seconds of the first ring.
Includes all calls to the Interconnect Repair Center during the reporting period , subject to
exclusions specified below.
First ring is defined as when the customer s call is first placed in queue by the ACD (Automatic
Call Distributor).
Answer is defined as when the call is first picked up by the awest agent.
Abandoned calls and busy calls are counted as calls which are not answered within 20 seconds.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and Disaggregation Reporting: Region-wide level.
awest Retail levels.
Formula:
((Total Calls Answered by Center within 20 seconds) + (Total Calls received by Center)) x 100
Exclusions: Time spent in the VRU (Voice Response Unit) is not counted.
Product Reporting: None Standard: Parity
Availability:Notes:
Available
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 59
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on trouble reports where the out-of-
service trouble reports were cleared within the standard estimate for specified services (Le., 24 hours
for out-of-service conditions).
Description:
Measures the percentage of out of service trouble reports, involving specified services , that are
cleared within 24 hours of receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers.
Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service
that is out-of-service (Le., unable to place or receive calls), subject to exclusions specified below.
. Time measured is from date and time that awest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC
and awest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated and reported according to trouble
reports involving:
MR-3A Dispatches within MSAs;
MR-3B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-3C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-3D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-3E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Number of Out of Service Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 24
hours) + (Total Number of Out of Service Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-awest (includes CPE
Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal awest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in
Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation
For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technicianlinstaller as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 60
MR-3 - Out of Service Cleared within 24 Hours (Continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-Tvee Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with appropriate retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with retail Qwest DSL
Loop Splittinq NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing CO: Parity with Qwest DSL
All Other States: Parity with RES and BUS
POTS
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retailISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone-tvee Disaaareaation -
Resale
Qwest DSL Parity with retail service
Unbundled Loops
Analoq Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2 wire)Parity with retailISDN-BRI
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail Qwest IDSL
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with ISDN-BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Qwest DSL
Availability:Notes:
Available Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 61
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on trouble reports of all types (both out
of service and service affecting) and on the number of such trouble reports cleared within the standard
estimate for specified services (i.e., 48 hours for service-affecting conditions).
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports, for specified services , that are cleared within 48 hours of
receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers.
Includes all trouble reports, closed during the reporting period , which involve a specified service
subject to exclusions specified below.
. Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC
and Qwest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated and reported according to trouble
reports involving:
MR-4A Dispatches within MSAs;
MR-48 Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-4C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-4D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-4E In Interval Zone 2 areas
Formula:
((Total Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 48 hours) + (Total Trouble
Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE
Customer Instruction , Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in
Product Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation
For products measured from MT AS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technicianlinstaller as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Seventh Amended Ex~ibit B November 30, 2004 Page 62
MR-4 - All Troubles Cleared within 48 Hours (Continued)
ation -
Standards:
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parit with retail service
Parity with appropriate retail service
Parity with retail Centrex 21
Parity with retail Centrex
Parity with retail Owest DSL
Diagnostic
Parity with RES and BUS POTS
Diagnostic
Parit with retail Res and Bus POTS
Parit with retailISDN-BRI
Parit with retail Owest IDSL
Parit with retailISDN-BRI
Parit with retail Owest DSL
Notes:
1 . Reporting will begin at the time CLECs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 63
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair for specified services, focusing on all trouble reports of all types
(including out of service and service affecting troubles) and on the number of such trouble reports
cleared within the standard estimate for specified services (Le., 4 hours).
Descri ption:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports for specified services that are cleared within 4 hours of
receipt of trouble reports from CLECs or from retail customers.
Includes all trouble reports , closed during the reporting period, which involve a specified service
subject to exclusions specified below.
. Time measured is from date and time that awest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and
time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate , individual
CLEC and awest Retail results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for listed products will be disaggregated according to trouble
reports:
MR-
MR-
In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
((Number of Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that are cleared within 4 hours) + (Total
Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured using WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal awest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technicianlinstaller as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 64
MR-5 - All Troubles Cleared within 4 hours (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Zone-Type Disaggregation
Resale
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggreQate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS11evei Parity with DS 1 Private Line Service
UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with Private Line Services above DS 1 level
Unbundled Loops:
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS1
DS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS 1
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services
(aQQreQate)(aggreqate )
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 65
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of repair, focusing how long it takes to restore services to proper operation.
Descri ption:
Measures the time actually taken to clear trouble reports.
Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Includes customer direct reports, customer-relayed reports, and test assist reports that result in a
trouble report.
. Time measured is from date and time that awest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date and
time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Hours and Minutes
Reporting
Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate,
individual CLEC
and awest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for producUservices listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-Type
Disaggregation" will be reported according to trouble reports involving:
MR-6A Dispatches within MSAs;
MR-6B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-6C No dispatches.
Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR-6D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-6E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Formula:
L((Date & Time Trouble Report Cleared) - (Date & Time Trouble Report Opened)) + (Total number of
Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period)
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the
Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-awest (includes CPE, Customer
Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal awest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time for products/services listed in Product
Reporting under "Zone-type Disaggregation
For products measured from MT AS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation), trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technicianlinstaller as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinQ data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
awest Idaho SGATThird Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 66
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore (Continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-Tvpe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with retail awest DSL
Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing CO: Parity with awest DSL
All Other States: Parity with RES and BUS POTS
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retailISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone- TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
awest DSL Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group D (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS11evei Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS 1 level Parity with retail Private Lines above DS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
DS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS 1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail awest IDSL
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-Qualified Loop Parity with retail awest DSL
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
(aggregate)Line services (aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 67
MR-6 - Mean Time to Restore (Continued)Availability: Notes:Available 1. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 68
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracy of repair actions, focusing on the number of re eated trouble re orts received
for the same line/circuit within a specified period (30 calendar days).
Descri ption:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports that are repeated within 30 days on end user lines and
circuits.
Includes 'all trouble reports closed during the reporting period that have a repeated trouble report
received within thirty (30) days of the initial trouble report for the same service (regardless of
whether the report is about the same type of trouble for that service), subject to exclusions
specified below.
In determining same service awest will compare the end user telephone number or circuit access
code of the initial trouble reports closed during the reporting period with reports received within 30
days of when the initial trouble report closed.
Includes reports due to awest network or system causes, customer-direct and customer-relayed
reports.
. The 3D-day period applied in the numerator of the formula below is from the date and time that the
initial trouble report is closed to the date and time that the next, or "repeat" trouble report is
received (Le., opened).
Reporting Period: One month, reported in
arrears (Le., results first appear in reports one
month later than results for measurements that
are not reported in arrears), in order to cover the
3D-day period following the initial trouble report.Reporting Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Comparisons: . Results for product/services listed in Product Reporting under "MSA-TypeCLEC Disaggregation" will be reported according to trouble reports involving:
aggregate MR- 7 A Dispatches within MSAs;individual MR-7B Dispatches outside MSAs; andCLEC and MR- 7C No dispatches.
awest Retail . Results for products/services listed in Product Reporting under "Zone-type
results Disaggregation" will be disaggregated according to trouble reports involving:
MR- 7D In Interval Zone 1 areas; and
MR-7E In Interval Zone 2 areas.
Unit of Measure: Percent
Formula:
((Total trouble reports closed within the reporting period that had a repeated trouble report received
within 30 calendar days of when the initial trouble report closed) + (Total number of Trouble Reports
Closed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MTAS data (products listed for MSA-type disaggregation),
trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble
Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-Dispatch, non-awest (includes CPE
Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data (products listed for Zone-
type disaggregation) trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier Action (IEC) and
Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal awest system/network monitoring purposes.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technicianlinstaller as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 69
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate (Continued)
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standards:
MSA-TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
Residential sinqle line service Parity with retail service
Business sinQle line service Paritv with retail service'
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform (UNE-Parity with retail Centrex
P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with awest Retail DSL
Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing AZ & CO: Parity with awest Retail DSL
All Other States: Diagnostic Comparison with
awest Retail DSL
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with RetaiIISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
Zone- TvDe Disaaareaation -
Resale
awest DSL Parity with retail service
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aQqreQate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS11evei Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Lines above OS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diaqnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analoq Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI
Non-loaded LOOD (4-wire)Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
OS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail awest IDSL
ISDN-capable LOOD Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-Qualified Loop Parity with retail awest DSL
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate Private
(aggregate)Line services (aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 70
MR-7 - Repair Repeat Report Rate (Continued)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Availability:Notes:
Targeted availability with July 2004 Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order
results reported in September 2004 the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 71
MR-8 - Trouble Rate
Purpose:
Evaluates the overall rate of trouble reports as a percentage of the total installed base of the service or
element.
Description:
Measures trouble reports by product and compares them to the number of lines in service.
Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified
below.
Includes all applicable trouble reports, including those that are out of service and those that are
only service-affectinQ.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results
Formula:
((Total number of trouble reports closed in the reporting period involving the specified service
grouping) + (Total number of the specified services that are in service in the reporting period)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous
- Non-Dispatch , non-Qwe~t (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider).
For products measured from WFA data trouble reports coded to trouble codes for Carrier
Action (IEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 72
MR-8 - Trouble Rate (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Resale
Residential single line service Parity with retail service
Business single line service Parity with retail service
Centrex Parity with retail service
Centrex 21 Parity with retail service
PBX Trunks Parity with retail service
Basic ISDN Parity with retail service
Owest DSL Parity with Owest DSL service
Primary ISDN Parity with retail service
DSO Parity with retail service
DS1 Parity with retail service
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Parity with retail service
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Parity with retail service
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with like retail service
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Parity with retail Centrex 21
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element -Parity with retail Centrex
Platform(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Line Splitting Parity with retail Owest DSL
Loop Splitting NOTE 1 Diagnostic
Line Sharing CO: Parity with Owest DSL
All Other States: Parity with RES and BUS
POTS
Sub-Loop Unbundling CO: Parity with retailISDN-BRI
All Other States: Diagnostic
LIS Trunks Parity with Feature Group 0 (aggregate)
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS1 level Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line Service
UDIT - Above DS1 level Parity with retail Private Lines above OS 1 level
Dark Fiber - IOF Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Parity with retail Res and Bus POTS
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Parity with retail ISDN BRI
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
OS 1-capable Loop Parity with retail OS 1 Private Line
xDSL-capable Loop Parity with retail Owest IDSL
ISDN-capable Loop Parity with retail ISDN BRI
ADSL-qualified Loop Parity with retail Owest DSL
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Parity with retail DS3 and higher bit-rate services
(aggregate)(aggregate)
Dark Fiber - Loop Diagnostic
E911/911 Trunks Parity with retail E911/911 Trunks
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DSO Diagnostic
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS1 Parity with retail DS1 Private Line
level)
Enhanced Extended Loops (EELs) - (DS3 Diagnostic
level)
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 73
MR-8 - Trouble Rate (continued)
Availability:
Available
Notes:1. Reporting will begin at the time GLEGs order
the product, in any quantity, for three
consecutive months.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 74
MR-9 - Repair Appointments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Qwest repairs services for Customers by the appointment date and time.
Description:
Measures the percentage of trouble reports for which the appointment date and time is met.
Includes all trouble reports closed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified
below.
. Time measured is from date and time that Qwest is first notified of the trouble by CLEC to date
and time trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting
Comparisons: CLEC
aggregate, individual
CLEC and Qwest Retail
results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Results for listed services will be disaggregated and reported
according to trouble reports involving:
MR-9A Dispatches within MSAs;
MR-9B Dispatches outside MSAs; and
MR-9C No dispatches.
Formula:
((Total Trouble Reports Cleared by appointment date and time) -7 (Total Trouble Reports Closed in the
Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Trouble reports coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data , trouble reports coded to disposition codes for:
Customer Action; Non-Telco Plant; Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous
- Non-Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE , Customer Instruction , Carrier, Alternate Provider).
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
. Time delays due to "no access" are excluded from repair time by using the rescheduled
appointment time to determine if the repair appointment is met.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinq data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.Product Reporting: Standard: Parity
. Resale:
Residential single line service
Business single line service
Centrex
Centrex 21
PBX Trunks
Basic ISDN
Unbundled Elements - Platform (UNE-
(POTS)
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 75
MR-10 - Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent that trouble reports were customer related , and provides diagnostic information
to help address potential issues that might be raised by the core maintenance and repair performance
indicators.
Description:
Measures the percentage of all trouble reports that are attributed to the customer as a percentage of
all trouble reports resolved during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Includes trouble reports closed during the reporting period coded as follows:
For products measured from MT AS data, trouble reports coded to disposition codes for: Customer
Action; Non-Telco Plant, Trouble Beyond the Network Interface; and Miscellaneous - Non-
Dispatch, non-Qwest (includes CPE, Customer Instruction, Carrier, Alternate Provider) and trouble
reports involving a "no access" delay for MSA type disaggregated products.
For products measured from WFA (Workforce Administration) data trouble reports coded to
trouble codes for Carrier Action (lEC) and Customer Provided Equipment (CPE).
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Formula:
((Number of Trouble Reports coded to disposition codes specified above) + (Total Number of Trouble
Reports Closed in the Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Subsequent trouble reports of any trouble before the original trouble report is closed
Information tickets generated for internal Qwest system/network monitoring purposes.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Trouble reports on the day of installation before the installation work is reported by the
technician/installer as complete.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 76
MR-10 Customer and Non-Qwest Related Trouble Reports (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Resale
Residential single line service Diagnostic
Business single line service Diagnostic
Centrex Diagnostic
Centrex 21 Diagnostic
PBX Trunks Diagnostic
Basic ISDN Diagnostic
Qwest DSL Diagnostic
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (POTS)
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (Centrex 21 )
Unbundled Network Element - Platform Diagnostic
(UNE-P) (Centrex)
Resale
Primary ISDN Diagnostic
DSO Diagnostic
DS1 Diagnostic
DS3 and higher bit-rate services Diagnostic
(aggregate)
Frame Relay Diagnostic
LIS Trunks Diagnostic
Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport (UDIT)
UDIT - DS11evei Diagnostic
UDIT - Above DS11evei Diagnostic
Unbundled Loops:
Analog Loop Diagnostic
Non-loaded Loop (2-wire)Diagnostic
Non-loaded Loop (4-wire)Diagnostic
OS 1-capable Loop Diagnostic
xDSL-capable Loop Diagnostic
ISDN-capable Loop Diagnostic
ADSL-qualified Loop Diagnostic
Loop types of DS3 and higher bit-rates Diagnostic
(aggregate)
E911/911 Trunks Diagnostic
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 77
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within 24 Hours
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of clearing LNP trouble reports, focusing on the degree to which residence and
business, disconnect-related, out-of-service trouble reports are cleared within four business hours and all
LNP-related trouble reports are cleared within 48 hours.
Description:
MR-11A: Measures the percentage of specified LNP-only (Le., not unbundled-loop), residence and
business, out-of-service trouble reports that are cleared within four business hours of Qwest
receiving these trouble reports from CLECs.
Includes only trouble reports that are received on or before the currently-scheduled due date
of the actual LNP-related disconnect time/date, or the next business da , that are confirmed
to be caused by disconnects being made before the scheduled time, and that are closed
during the reporting period , subject to exclusions specified below.
MR-11 B: Measures the percentage of specified LNP-only trouble reports that are cleared within 48 hours
of Qwest receiving these trouble reports from CLECs.
Includes all LNP-only trouble reports, received within four calendar days of the actual LNP-
related disconnect date and closed during the reporting period.
The "currently-scheduled due date/time" is the original due date/time established by Qwest in
response to GLEe/customer request for disconnection of service ported via LNP or, if CLEC submits
to Qwest a timely or untimely request for delay of disconnection, it is the GLEe/customer-requested
later date/time.
. A request for delay of disconnection is considered timely if received by Qwest before 8:00 p.m. MT
on the due date that Qwest has on record at the time of the request.
. A request for delay of disconnection is considered untimely if received by Qwest after 8:00 p.m. MT
on the due date and before 12:00 p.m. MT (noon) on the day after the due date
Time measured is from the date and time Qwest receives the trouble report to the date and time
trouble is cleared.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC Aggregate and
Individual CLEC
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level (all are
non-dispatched"
Formula:
MR-11A = ((Number of specified out-of-service LNP-only Trouble Reports, for LNP-related troubles
confirmed to be caused by disconnects, that Qwest executed before the currently-scheduled
due date/time, that were closed in the, reporting period and cleared within four business
hours) + (Total Number of specified out of service LNP-only Trouble Reports for LNP-related
troubles confirmed to be caused by disconnects that Qwest executed before the currently-
scheduled due date/time, that were closed in the reporting period)) x 100
MR-11 B = ((Number of specified LNP-only Trouble Reports closed in the reporting period that were
cleared within 48 hours) + (Total Number of specified LNP-only Trouble Reports closed in the
reporting period)) x 100
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 78
MR-11 - LNP Trouble Reports Cleared within 24 Hours (Continued)
Exclusions:
Trouble reports attributed to customer or non-Owest reasons
Trouble reports not related to valid requests (LSRs) for LNP and associated disconnects.
Subsequent trouble reports of LNP trouble before the original trouble report is closed.
For MR-11 B only: Trouble reports involving a "no access" delay.
Information tickets generated for internal Owest system/network mbnitoring purposes.
Records involving official company services.
Records with invalid trouble receipt dates.
Records with invalid cleared or closed dates. '
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missinQ data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting: LNP Standards:
MR-11A:
If OP-17 result meets its standard , the MR-11A standard is Diagnostic.
If OP-17 result does not meet its standard , the MR-11A standard is as
follows:
For 0-20 trouble reports : No more than 1 ticket cleared in ~ four
business hours
For ~ 20 trouble reports : The lesser of 95% or Parity with MR-
results for Retail Residence and Business
MR-11 B:
For 0-20 trouble reports : No more than 1 ticket cleared ~ 48 hours
For ~ 20 trouble reports : The lesser of 95% or Parity with MR-
results for Retail Residence and Business
* Based on MR-11 A denominator.
Based on MR-11 B denominator.
Availability:
Available
Notes:
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 79
Billing
81-1 - Time to Provide Recorded Usage Records
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness with which awest provides recorded daily usage records to CLECs.
Description:
Measures the average time interval from date of recorded daily usage to date usage records are
transmitted or made available to CLECs as applicable.
BI-1A - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes indust standard
electronically transmitted usage records for feature group switched access N TE 1 local
measured usage, local message usage, toll usage, and local exchange service components
priced on a per-use basis , subject to exclusions specified below.
BI-1 B - Measures the percent of recorded daily usage for Jointly provided switched access provided
within four days. This includes usage created by the CLEC and awest or IXC providing
access, usually via 2-way Feature Group X trunk groups for Feature Group A, Feature Group
, Feature Group D, Phone to Phone IP Telephony, 8XX access, and 900 access and their
successors or similar Switched Access services.
BI-1C - Provides separate reporting for two elements captured in BI-1A above as follows:
. BI-1C-1 - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry
standard electronically transmitted usage records for feature group switched access, NOTE 1
subject to exclusions specified below.
. BI-1 C-2 - Measures recorded daily usage for UNEs and Resale and includes industry
standard electronically transmitted usage records for local measured usage, local
message usage, toll usage , and local exchange service components priced on a per-use
basis, subject to exclusions specified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
BI-, BI-1C-, BI-1C-2: Average Business Da
BI-1 B: Percent
Disaggregation Reporting: State level.Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLECs, and awest Retail results
Formula:
BI-, BI-1 C-, BI-1 C-2 (for specified products & records) = L:(Date Record Transmitted or made
available - Date Usage Recorded) + (Total number of records)
BI-1B = ((# of daily usage records for Jointly provided switched access sent within four days) + (Total
daily usage records for Jointly provided switched access in the report period)) x 100
Exclusions:
Instances where the CLEC requests other than daily usage transmission or availability.
Duplicate records.
Product Reporting:
. UNEs and Resale
. Jointly-provided Switched Access
Standards:
BI-1A: Parity with awest retail.
BI-1 B: 95% within 4 business days
BI-1C-, BI-1C-2: Diagnostic Comparison with the
awest Retail results used in standard for
BI-
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. "Feature group switched access" includes all
type 11 OXXX detail records for Feature
Groups A, B , C, and D.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 80
81-2 - Invoices Delivered within 10 Days
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness with which awest delivers industry standard electronically transmitted bills to
CLECs, focusinq on the percent delivered within ten calendar days.
Descri ption:
Measures the percentage of invoices that are delivered within ten days , based on the number of days
between the bill date and bill delivery.
Includes all industry standard electronically transmitted invoices for local exchange services and
toll, subject to exclusions specified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: Combined awest Disaggregation Reporting: State level
Retail/CLEC results (Parity by design)
Formula:
((Count of Invoices for which Bill Transmission Date to Bill Date is ten calendar days or less) + (Total
Number of Invoices)) x 100
Exclusions:
Bills transmitted via paper, magnetic tape, CD-ROM, diskette.
Records with missing data essential to the calculation of the measurement per the PID.
Product Reporting:Standard:
UN Es and Resale Parity by design.
Availability:Notes:
Available
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 81
BI-3 - Billing Accuracy Adjustments for Errors
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracy with whichOwest bills CLECs , focusing on the percentage of billed revenue
adjusted due to errors.
Description:
Measures the billed revenue minus amounts adjusted off bills due to errors, as a percentage of total
billed revenue.
Both the billed revenue and amounts adjusted off bills due to error are calculated from bills
rendered in the reporting period.
Amounts adjusted off bills due to errors" is the sum of all bill adjustments made in the reporting
period that involve, either in part or in total, adjustment codes related to billing errors. (Each
adjustment thus qualifying is added to the sum in its entirety.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate Disaggregation Reporting: State level.
individual CLECs, and Owest Retail results
Formula:
(L(Total Billed Revenue Billed in Reporting Period - Amounts Adjusted Off Bills Due to Errors)
-;-
(Total
Billed Revenue billed in Reporting Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. BI-3A - UNEs and Resale - None
. BI-3B- Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of Use - Billing adjustments as a result of GLEe-caused
errors in return of minutes of use
Product Reporting:Standards:
BI-3A - UNEs and Resale BI-3A - UNEs and Resale: Parity with Owest
BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of retail bills.
Use (MOU)BI-3B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU)-
95%
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 82
BI-4 - Billing Completeness
Purpose:
. UNEs and Resale - Evaluates the completeness with which awest reflects non-recurring and
recurring charges associated with completed service orders on the bills.
Reciprocal Compensation Minutes of Use (MOU) - Evaluates the completeness with which awest
reflects the revenue for Local Minutes of Use associated with CLEC local traffic over Qwest'
network on the bills.
Description:
81-4A - UNEs and Resale: Measures the percentage of non-recurring and recurring charges
associated with completed service orders appear on the correct bill.
81-48 - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU): Measures the percentage of revenue associated with local
minutes of use appearing on the correct (current) bill.*
* Correct bill = next available bill
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLECs , and awest Retail results
Formula:
81-4A - UNEs and Resale = (L:(Count of service orders with non-recurring and recurring charges
associated with completed service orders on the bills that are billed on the correct bill + total
count of service orders with non-recurring and recurring charges associated with completed
service orders billed on the bill)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
81-48 - Reciprocal Compensation MOU = (L:(Revenue for Local Minutes of Use billed on the correct*
bill + Total revenue for Local Minutes of Use collected during the month)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting:
. UNEs and Resale
Reciprocal Compensation (MOU)
Standards:
B~ 4A - UNEs and Resale: Parity with awest
Retail bills.
B~ 4B - Reciprocal Compensation (MOU): 95%
Notes:Availability:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit 8 November 30 , 2004 Page 83
Database Updates
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases
Purpose:
Evaluates the time required for updates to the databases of E911 , LlDB, and Directory Builder.
Description:
Measures the average time required t6 update the databases of E911 , LlDB, and Directory
Builder.
Includes all database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed during
the reporting period.
For DB-1A the time to, update the E911 database is provided by the third party vendor that
performs the update. The elapsed time is captured automatically by the database system. There
are no "individual E911 database update records" provided with which to measure the database
update process.
The numerator of DB-1A is calculated by multiplying the vendor-calculated results (Average
Minutes in Process Time) by the denominator (Count of records Processed). This method
produces a result from the vendor data that is the same as that which would be produced by
totalling the update times from individual E911 database update records.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure:
E911 - Hrs: Mins.
LlDB & Directory Listings - Seconds
Disaggregation Reporting:
DB-1A: E911 for awest Retail and Reseller
GLEe-State level
DB-1 B: LlDB for awest Retail, Reseller CLEC
and Facilities Based CLEC - Multi
state region-wide level
DB-1 C-1: Listings for all Provider types including
awest Retail, Reseller CLEC, and
Facilities Based CLEC, ILEC and
Unknown Provider, Electronically
Submitted, Electronically Processed-
Sub-region applicable to state
Reporting Comparisons:
DB-1A - E911: Combined results for awest Retail
and Reseller CLEC Aggregate;
DB-1 B - LlDB: Combined results for all awest
Retail, Reseller CLEC and Facilities Based CLEC
updates;
DB-1C-1 - Listings: Combined results for all
Provider types including awest Retail, Reseller
CLEC, and Facilities Based CLEC, ILEC and
Unknown Provider, Electronically Submitted
Electronically Processed updates. NOTE 1
Formula:
L((Date and Time of database update for each database update as specified under Disaggregation
Reporting in the reporting period) - (Date and Time of submissions of data for entry into the database
for each database update as specified under Disaggregation Reporting in the reporting period))
-;-
Total
database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed in the reporting period
Exclusion:
Invalid start/stop dates/times.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 84
DB-1 - Time to Update Databases (continued)
Product Reporting:Standards:
Not applicable (Reported by database type)OB-1A-E911: Parity by design
OB-1 B-LlOB: Parity by design
OB-1 C-1 - Listings: Parity by design
Availability:Notes:
Available Because they cannot be separated , results for Owest Retail, Reseller
CLEC, Facilities-based CLECs, ILEC and Unknown Provider updates
are reported combined within these disaggregations.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 85
DB-2 - Accurate Database Updates
Purpose:
Evaluates the accuracy of database updates completed without errors in the reporting period.
Description:
Measures the percentage of database updates completed without errors in the reporting period.
Includes all database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed during the
reportinQ period.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons:Disaggregation Reporting:
DB-2C-1 Listings - Combined results for all DB-2C-, Listings for awest Retail, Reseller
awest Retail , Reseller CLEC and Facilities- CLEC, and Facilities-Based CLEC Electronically
Based CLEC Electronically Submitted Submitted, Electronically Processed updates:
Electronically Processed updates Statewide
Formula:
(Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed without errors in the
reporting period + Total database updates as specified under Disaggregation Reporting completed in
the reporting period) x 100
Exclusions:
Invalid starUstop dates/times.
Product Reporting:' Standards:
Not applicable (Reported by database type)DB-2C-1 - Listings: Parity by design NOTE 1
Availability:Notes:
Available awest retail and Reseller CLECs are parity by design. Because
Facilities-based CLEC Electronically Submitted , Electronically
Processed cannot be separated out from Reseller CLECs they are
reported combined within this disaQQreQation.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 86
Directory Assistance
DA-1 - Speed of Answer - Directory Assistance
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of customer access to Qwest's Directory Assistance operators, focusing on how
long it takes for calls to be answered.
Description:
Measures the average time following first ring until a call is first picked up by the Qwest agent/system
to answer Directory Assistance calls.
Includes all calls to Qwest directory assistance during the reporting period.
Because a system (electronic voice) prompts for city, state, and listing requested before the actual
operator comes on the line, the first ring is defined as when the voice response unit places the call
into queue.
Measurements are taken by sampling calls from the network queue at 10-second intervals. A
count of calls in the queue is taken for every sampling event (10-second snapshot), and this count
is multiplied by 10 to get a measurement of waiting intervals.
Using this method, calls that enter the queue after a sample is taken but exit before the next
sample is taken are not counted, Le., are effectively counted as a zero interval. However, this
situation is offset by calls that enter just prior to a sampling time, but exit before the next sampling
time, and which are counted as 10 seconds. The call intervals shorter than 10 seconds that are
counted as 10 seconds are offset by those calls shorter than 10 seconds that are not counted.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Seconds
Reporting Comparisons: Results for Qwest and Disaggregation Reporting:
all CLECs are combined.Sub-region applicable to state
Formula:
L((Date and Time of Call Answer) - (Date and Time of First Ring)) 7- (Total Calls Answered by Center)
Exclusions: Abandoned Calls are not included in the total number of calls answered by the center.
Product Reporting: None Standard: Parity by design
Availability:Notes:
Available
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 87
Operator Services
OS-1 - Speed of Answer - Operator Services
Purpose:
Evaluates timeliness of customer access to Owest's operators, focusing on how long it takes for calls
to be answered.
Description:
Measures the time following first ring until a call is answered by the Owest agent.
Includes all calls to Owest's operator services during the reporting period, subject to exclusions
specified below.
Measurements are taken by sampling calls from the network queue at 10-second intervals. A
count of calls in the queue is taken for every sampling event (10-second snapshot), and this count
is multiplied by 10 to get a measurement of waiting intervals.
Using this method, calls that enter the queue after a sample is taken but exit before the next
sample is taken are not counted, i.e., are effectively counted as a zero interval.However, this
situation is offset by calls that enter just prior to a sampling time, but exit before the next sampling
time, and which are counted as 10 seconds. The call intervals shorter than 10 seconds that are
counted as 10 seconds are offset by those calls shorter than 10 seconds that are not counted.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Seconds
Reporting Comparisons: Owest and all CLECs Disaggregation Reporting:
are aggregated in a single measure.Sub-region applicable to state
Formula:
L((Date and Time of Call Answer) - (Date and Time of First Ring))
-;-
(Total Calls Answered by Center)
Exclusions: Abandoned Calls are not included in the total number of calls answered by the center.
Product Reporting: None Standard:Parity by design
Availability:Notes:
Available
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 88
Network Performance
NI-1 - Trunk Blocking
Purpose:
Evaluates factors affecting completion of calls from awest end offices to CLEC end offices, compared with
the completion of calls from awest end offices to other awest end offices, focusing on average busy-hour
blockinQ percentaQes in interconnection or interoffice final trunks.
Description:
Measures the percentage of trunks blocking in interconnection and interoffice final trunks.
Includes blocking percentages on all direct final and alternate final interconnection and interoffice trunk
groups that are in service durinQ the reportinQ period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent Blockage
Reporting Comparisons:
CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC , and
awest Interoffice trunk
blocking results.
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Reports the percentage of trunks blocking in interconnection final trunks
reported by:
N~ 1A Interconnection (LIS) trunks to awest tandem offices, with TGSR-
related exclusions applied as specified below;
N~ 1 B LIS trunks to awest end offices, with TGSR-related exclusions
applied as specified below;
N~ 1 C LIS trunks to awest tandem offices, without TGSR-related
exclusions;
N~ 10 LIS trunks to other awest end offices , without TGSR-related
exclusions.
Formula:
HL(Blockage in Final Trunk Group of Specified Type)x(Number of Circuits in Trunk Group)) + (Total Number
of Final Trunk Circuits in all Final Trunk Groups)) x 100
Explanation: Actual average percentage of trunk blockage is calculated by dividing the equivalent average
number of trunk circuits blocking by the total number of trunk circuits in final trunks of the type being
measured.
Exclusions:
For NI-1A and NI-1 B onl
Trunk groups, blocking in excess of one percent in the reporting period , for which:
- A Trunk Group Service Request (TGSR) NOTES 1 & 2 has been issued in the reporting period; or
CLECs do not submit, within 20 calendar days of receiving a TGSR:a) Responsive ASRs (or have ASRs pending that are delayed for CLEC reasons NOTE 3
b) Trouble Reports; orc) Notification of traffic re-routing (as described in Note 1 below).
For NI-NI-NI-and NI-1D:
Trunk groups, blocking in excess of one percent in the reporting period , for which awest can identify, in
time to incorporate in the regular reporting of this measurement, the cause as being attributable to:
Trunk group out-of-service conditions arising from cable cuts, severe weather, or force majeure
circumstances;
The CLEC placing trunks in a "busy" condition;
Lack of interconnection facilities to fulfill LIS requests for which the CLEC did not provide a timely
forecast to awest. (This portion of the exclusion is limited to being applied in (a) the month the LIS
requests could not be fulfilled, due to lack of facilities, and (b) each month thereafter up to the month
following facility availability OR to five months after the month the LIS requests could not be
fulfilled, whichever is sooner NOT 4); or
Isolated incidences of blocking, about which awest provides notification to the CLEC , that (a) are
not recurring or persistent (affecting the same trunk groups), (b) do not warrant corrective action by
CLEC or awest, and (c) thus, do not require an actionable TGSR.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 89
NI-1 - Trunk Blockin Continued
Trunk groups recently activated that have not been in service for a full "20-high-day, busy hour" review
period.
Toll trunks, non-final trunks, and trunks that are not connected to the public switched network.
. One-way trunks originating at GLEG end offices.
. Owest official services trunks , local interoffice operator and directory assistance trunks, and local
interoffice 911/E911 trunks.
Records with invalid product codes.
Records missin data essential to the calculation of the measurement er the PID.
Product Reporting: Standards:LIS Trunks Where NI-1A::; 1%:
Where NI-1A ~ 1
Where NI-1 B ::; 1 %:
Where NI-1B ~ 1%:
N~ 1G and NI-1D:
Availability:
Available
1 %
Parity with Owest Interoffice Trunks to tandems
1 %
Parity with Owest Interoffice Trunks to end offices
Dia nostic NOTE 5
Notes:
1. Owest uses TGSRs to notify GLEGs when trunk blocking exceeds standard thresholds or is
determined to be persistent. To respond properly to TGSRs, a GLEG must (a) submit
within 20 days ASRs to provide necessary trunk augmentations to avoid further blocking,
(b) notify Owest within 20 days that it is initiating a Trouble Report where Owest traffic
routing problems are causing the blocking referenced by the TGSR, or (c) notify Owest that
the GLEG will undertake its own re-routing of traffic within 20 days to alleviate the blocking.
2. The TGSR-related exclusion is applied in the month in which the TGSR is issued and in
the month in which the above-specified 20-day response period ends. Thus, any trunk
group excluded in one month will not be excluded in the next month , unless there is (a) a
20-day period following a TGSR ends in that month, (b) there is another TGSR applicable
to the next month for the same trunk group or (c) an exception documented , in lieu of
issuing a subsequent TGSR, where the GLEG's response to the previous TGSR indicated
that, for its own reasons, it plans to take no action at any time to augment the trunk group.
3. GLEG delays are reflected by GLEG-initiated order supplements that move the due date
later.
a) Owest-initiated due date delays, including supplements made pursuant to Owest
requests to delay due dates, shall not be counted as GLEG delays in this
measurement.
b) Owest-initiated due date changes to earlier dates that the GLEG does not meet shall
not be counted as a GLEG delay in this measurement unless the earlier dates were
mutually agreed-upon.
c) GLEG delays (e.
, "
customer not ready" in advance of a due date) that do not
contribute to a Owest-established due date being missed shall not be counted as a
GLEG delay in this measurement.
4. The limitation on part (3) of this exclusion is intended to bound its applicability to a period
of time that treats the unforecasted ASR as if it were, in effect, the first forecast for the
facilities needed.
a) Given that forecast advance intervals are currently six months, this provision allows the
exclusion to apply for no longer than that period of time.
b) Nevertheless, this limitation to the exclusion also recognizes that facilities may become
available sooner and , if so, reduces the limitation accordingly. In that context, this
limitation recognizes that, absent a GLEG forecast, Owest still retains a responsibility to
provide facilities for the ASR, although in a longer timeframe than for ASRs covered by
forecasts. NI-1G and NI-1D will be reported for information purposes only, with nostandard to be applied.
c) This limitation may change depending on the outcome of separate workshops dealing
with issues of interconnection forecasting.
5. N~ 1G and NI-1D will be reported for information purposes only, with no standard to be
lied.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30,2004 Page 90
NP-1 - NXX Code Activation
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of Qwest's NXX code activation prior to the LERG effective date or by the
revised" effective date, as set forth herein.
Descri ption:
NP-1A: Measures the percentage of NXX codes activated in the reporting period that are actually
loaded and tested prior to the LERG effective date or the "revised" date, subject to exclusions
shown below.
NP-1 B: Measures the percentage of NXX codes activated in the reporting period that are delayed
beyond the LERG date or "revised" date due to Qwest-caused Interconnection facility delays
subject to exclusions shown below. Included among activations counted as a Qwest delay in
this sub-measurement are cases in which "6 codes" NOTE 1 associated with the Qwest
interconnection facilities are provided late by Qwest to the CLEC.
. Qwest must receive complete and accurate routing information required for code activation , which
includes but is not limited to "6 codes" for all interconnection trunk groups associated with the
activation no less than 25 days prior to the LERG Due Date or Revised Due Date.
. The "revised" date, for purposes of this measurement, is a GLEe-initiated renegotiation of the
activation effective date that is no less than 25 days after Qwest receives complete and accurate
routing information required for code activation, which includes but is not limited to "6 codes" for
all interconnection trunk groups associated with the activation.
. The NXX code activation notice is provided by the LERG (Local Exchange Routing Guide) to
Qwest.
. NXX code activation is defined as complete when all translations associated with the new NXX are
complete by 11 :59 p.m. of the day prior to the date identified in the LERG or the "revised" date (if
different than the LERG date).
The NXX code activation completion process includes testing, including calls to the test number
when provided.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
individual CLEC and Qwest Retail results.
Formula:
NP-1A = ((Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period prior to the LERG effective
date or the "revised" date) + (Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting
period)) x 100
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide.
NP-1 B = ((Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period that were delayed past the
LERG effective date or "revised" date affected by Qwest Interconnection Facility Delays) +
(Number of NXX codes loaded and tested in the reporting period, including NXX codes
loaded and tested in the reporting period that were delayed past the LERG effective date or
the "revised" date due to Interconnection Facility Delays)) x100
Exclusions:
NP-1A:
NXX code activations completed after the LERG date or "revised" date due to delays in the
installation of Qwest provided interconnection facilities associated with the activations. NOTE 2
NP-1A and NP-1 B:
NXX codes with LERG dates or "revised" dates resulting in loading intervals shorter than
industry standard (currently 45 calendar days).
NXX codes where QWEST received complete and accurate routing information required for
code activations less than 25 days prior to the LERG due date or Revised due date.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 91
NP-1 - NXX Code Activation (continued)
Product Reporting: None
Availability:
Available
Standards:
N P-1 A: Parity
NP-1 B: Diaqnostic
Notes:1. "6 codes" are industry-standard
designators for local interconnection trunk
groups , consisting of 2 alpha letters and six
numeric digits.
2. Only Qwest-provided interconnection facilities
are noted in this exclusion, because delays
related to facilities provided by CLECs or
others are accounted for by revising the due
date.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 92
Collocation
CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of awest's installation of collocation arrangements for CLECs, focusing on the
averaqe time to complete such arrangements.
Description:
Measures the interval between the Collocation Application Date and awest's completion of the
collocation installation.
Includes all collocations of types specified herein that are assigned a Readv for Service (RFS) date
by awest and completed during the reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below.
Collocation types included are: physical cageless, rhysical caged , shared physical caged, physical-
line sharing, cageless-line sharing, and virtual. NOT
. The Collocation Application Date is the date awest receives from the CLEC a complete and valid
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's collocation application is received by awest
on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day following the
weekend or holiday.
Major Infrastructure Modifications include conditioning the collocation space, obtaining permits, and
installing DC power plant, standby generators, heating, venting or air conditioning equipment.
Completion of the collocation installation is the date on which the requested collocation arrangement
is "Ready For Service" as defined in the Definition of Terms section herein.
Establishment of RFS Dates: RFS dates are established according to intervals specified in
interconnection agreements. Where an interconnection agreement does not specify intervals, or
where the CLEC requests, RFS dates are established as follows:
Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also
with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote
in seven or fewer calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC
provides the equipment to be collocated to awest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation
Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations 90 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to awest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to awest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also
with Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote
in eight or more calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC
provides the equipment to be collocated to awest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation
Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations 90 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations
for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to awest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations 120 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to awest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Virtual Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready
- for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in seven or fewer
calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to awest
more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to awest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to awest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to awest, for
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 93
CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval (continued)
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to awest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Virtual Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready
for virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in eight or more
calendar days after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to awest
more than 53 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to awest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to awest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to awest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to awest 60 or more calendar
days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
All Colloca ions sical ual forecas or unforecast!f!)uirin iQr
Infrastructure Modifications: the later of (1) up to 150 calendar days (as specified in the quote)
after the Collocation Application Date, or (2) for virtual collocations, 45 days following the date
equipment to be collocated is provided to awest for collocations in which Major Infrastructure
Modifications are required. ' awest will provide to the CLEC, as part of the quotation, the need for
and the duration of, such extended intervals.
When a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state
completion intervals will be individually negotiated. These collocation arrangements will be
included in CP-1 A
, -
1 B, or -1 C according to the interval criteria specified below for these
measurements.
Where there is a GLEe-caused delay, the RFS Date is rescheduled
. RFS dates may be extended beyond the above intervals for CLEC reasons, or for reasons beyond
awest's control, but not for awest reasons.
. Where CLECs do not accept the quote within thirty days of the quote date, the application is
considered expired.
CP-1 A Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 90 calendar days or less.
CP-1 B Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 91 to 120 calendar days.
CP-Measures collocation installations for which the scheduled interval from Collocation
Application Date to RFS date is 121 to 150 calendar days.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Calendar Days
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide.
Formula: (for CP-, CP-Band CP-1 C)
L((Coliocation Completion Date) - (Complete Application Date)) 7- (Total Number of Collocations
Completed in Reporting Period)
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 94
CP-1 - Collocation Completion Interval (continued)
Exclusions:
. CP-1A: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals longer than 90
calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
. CP-1 B: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals shorter than
calendar days or longer than 120 calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
. CP-1C: CLEC collocation applications with RFS dates yielding scheduled intervals shorter than 121
calendar days or longer than 150 calendar days from Collocation Application Date to RFS date.
Cancelled or ex ired a lications.
Product Reporting: None Standards:
CP-1 A: 90 calendar days
CP-1 B: 120 calendar days
CP-1 C: 150 calendar da s
Availability:
Available
Notes:
1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related. As
additional types of central office collocation are defined and offered , they
will be included in this measurement. Non-central office-based types of
collocation (such as remote collocation and field connection points) will be
considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such
collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (i.e., six months of
experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting
re ortin i.e., consistentl more than two er month in an state.
Qwest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 95
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals
Purpose:
Evaluates the extent to which Owest completes collocation arrangements for CLECs within the standard
intervals or intervals established in interconnection agreements.
Description:
Measures the percentage of collocation applications that are completed within standard intervals, including
intervals set forth in interconnection agreements.
Includes all collocations of types specified herein that are assigned a Readv for Service Date RFS date
Owest and that are completed within the reporting period, including those with GLEe-requested RFS dates
longer than the standard interval and those with extended RFS dates negotiated with the CLEC (including
supplemented collocation orders that extend the RFS date) subject to exclusions specified below.
Collocation types included are: physical ca~eless, physical caged, shared physical caged, physical-line
sharing, cageless-line sharing, and virtual. OTE 1
. The Collocation Application Date is the date Owest receives from the CLEC a complete and valid
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's collocation application is received by Owest on a
weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business day following the weekend or
holiday.
Major Infrastructure Modifications are defined as conditioning the collocation space, obtaining permits, and
installing DC power plant, standby generators, heating, venting or air conditioning equipment.
. A collocation arrangement is counted as met under this measurement if its RFS date is met.
Establishment of RFS Dates: RFS dates are established as follows , except where interconnection
agreements require different intervals , in which case the intervals specified in the interconnection
agreements apply:
Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with
Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in seven
or fewer calendar days after the quote date and , for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the
equipment to be collocated to Owest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date
the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 90 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for physical
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the Collocation Application Date for physical
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and, for Virtual Collocations, also with
Timely Equipment Ready - for collocation applications where the CLEC accepts the quote in eight or
more calendar days after the quote date and, for virtual collocations, where the CLEC provides the
equipment to be collocated to Owest 53 calendar days or less after the Collocation Application Date
the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations : 90 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations for
which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the
Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 120 calendar days after the quote acceptance date for collocations
for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in advance of
the Collocation Application Date.
Virtual Collocation Applications with Timely Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready - for
virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in seven or fewer calendar days
after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to Owest more than 53 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Owest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to Owest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to Owest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Virtual Collocation Applications with Late Quote Acceptance and Late Equipment Ready - for
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 96
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals (continued)
virtual collocation applications where the CLEC (1) accepts the quote in eight or more calendar days
after the quote date and (2) provides the equipment to be collocated to awest more than 53 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date, the RFS date shall be:
Forecasted Collocations: 45 calendar days after the equipment is provided to awest, for
collocations for which the CLEC provides a complete forecast to awest 60 or more calendar days
in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
Unforecasted Collocations: 75 calendar days after the equipment is provided to awest, for
collocations for which the CLEC does not provide a forecast to awest 60 or more calendar days in
advance of the Collocation Application Date.
All Colloca sical rt.!:!!!Jorecasted or unforecast~.fD i.!j or Infrastruc
Modifications: the later of (1) up to 150 calendar days (as specified in the quote) after the Collocation
Application Date, or (2) for virtual collocations, 45 calendar days following the date equipment to be
collocated is provided to awest for collocations in which Major Infrastructure Modifications are
required. awest will provide to the CLEC, as part of the quotation, the need for, and the duration of
such extended intervals.
. When a CLEC submits six (6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state
completion intervals will be individually negotiated. These collocation arrangements will be included in
CP-
, -
, or -2C according to the criteria specified below for these measurements.
. Where there is a GLEe-caused delay, the RFS Date is rescheduled.
. Where CLECs do not accept the quote within thirty calendar days of the quote date, the application is
considered expired.
CP-Forecasted Collocations: Measures collocation installations for which CLEC provides a forecast
to awest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the Collocation Application Date.
CP-Non-Forecasted and Late Forecasted Collocations: Measures collocation installations for
which CLEC does not provide a forecast to awest 60 or more calendar days in advance of the
Collocation Application Date.
CP-All Collocations requiring Major Infrastructure Modifications and Collocations with
intervals longer than 120 days: Measures all collocation installations requiring Major
Infrastructure Modifications and collocations for which the RFS date is more than 120 calendar
days after the Collocation Application Date.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Formula: (for CP-, CP-28 and CP-2C)
((Count of Collocations for which the RFS is met) + (Total Number of Collocations Completed in the Reporting
Period)) x 100
Exclusions:
. RFS dates missed for reasons beyond awest's control.
Cancelled or expired requests.
Product Reporting: None Standards:
CP-2A & -28: 90%
CP-2C: 90%
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit 8 November 30 2004 Page 97
CP-2 - Collocations Completed within Scheduled Intervals (continued)
Availability:
Available
Notes:1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related. As
additional types of central office collocation are defined and offered, they will
be included in this measurement. Non-central office-based types of
collocation (such as remote collocation and field connection points) will be
considered for either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for such
collocation types become finalized, accepted, mature (Le., six months of
experience from first installations), and ordered in volumes warranting
re ortin Le., consistentl more than two er month in an state.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 98
CP-3 - Collocation Feasibility Study Interval
Purpose:
Evaluates the timeliness of the awest sub-process function of providing a collocation feasibility study
to the CLEC.
Descri ption:
Measures average interval to respond to collocation studies for feasibility of installation.
Includes feasibility studies, for collocations of types specified herein that are completed in the
reporting period, subject to exclusions specified below. Collocation types included are: physical
cageless, ~hysical caged, shared physical caged, physical-line sharing, cageless-line sharing, and
virtual. NOT
Interval begins with the Collocation Application Date and ends with the date awest completes the
Feasibility Study and provides it to the CLEC.
. The Collocation Application Date is the date awest receives from the CLEC a complete
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's application for collocation is received by
awest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business da
foliowinQ the weekend or holiday.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Calendar Days
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate and
individual CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Formula:
L((Date Feasibility Study provided to CLEC) - (Date awest receives CLEC request for Feasibility
Study)) + (Total Feasibility Studies Completed in the Reporting Period)
Exclusions:
GLEe-caused delays of, or CLEC requests for feasibility study completions resulting in greater
than ten calendar days from Collocation Application Date to scheduled feasibility study completion
date.
Product Reporting: None Standard:10 calendar days or less
Availability:
Available
Notes:1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office related.
As additional types of central office collocation are defined and
offered, they will be included in this measurement. Non-central
office-based types of collocation (such as remote collocation and
field connection points) will be considered for either inclusion in this
measurement, or in new, separate measurements, after the terms
conditions, and processes for such collocation types become
finalized, accepted, mature (Le., six months of experience from first
installations), and ordered in volumes warranting reporting (Le.
consistently more than two per month in any state
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 99
CP-4 - Collocation Feasibility Study Commitments Met
Purpose:
Evaluates the degree that Owest completes the sub-process function of providing a collocation
feasibility study to the CLEC as committed.
Description:
Measures the percentage of collocation feasibility studies for installations that are completed within the
Scheduled Interval
The Scheduled Interval is ten calendar days from the Collocation Application Date or, if
interconnection agreements call for different intervals, within intervals specified in the agreements
or if otherwise delayed by the CLEC, the interval resulting from the delay.
Includes all feasibility studies for collocations of types specified herein, that are completed in the
reporting period. Collocation types included are: physical cageless, physical caged, shared
physical caged , physical-line sharing, cageless-line sharing, and virtual. NOTE 1
Considers the interval from the Collocation Application Date to the date Owest completes the
Feasibility Study and provides it to the CLEC.
. The Collocation Application Date is the date Owest receives from the CLEC a complete
application for collocation. In cases where the CLEC's application for collocation is received by
Owest on a weekend or holiday, the Collocation Application Date is the next business da
following the weekend or holiday.
Subject to superceding terms in the CLEC's interconnection agreement, when a CLEC submits six
(6) or more Collocation applications in a one-week period in any state, feasibility study intervals
will be individually negotiated and the resulting intervals used instead of ten calendar days in this
measurement.
Reporting Period: One month Unit of Measure: Percent
Reporting Comparisons: CLEC aggregate
and individual CLEC results
Disaggregation Reporting: Statewide level.
Formula:
((Total Applicable Collocation Feasibility studies completed within Scheduled Intervals) + (Total
applicable Collocation Feasibility studies completed in the reporting period)) x 100
Exclusions: None
Product Reporting: None Standard:90 percent or more
Availability:
Available
Notes:1. Collocations covered by this measurement are central office
related. As additional types of central office collocation are
defined and offered, they will be included in this measurement.
Non-central office-based types of collocation (such as remote
collocation and field connection points) will be considered for
either inclusion in this measurement, or in new, separate
measurements, after the terms, conditions, and processes for
such collocation types become finalized , accepted, mature (Le.
six months of experience from first installations), and ordered in
volumes warranting reporting (Le., consistently more than two
per month in any state).
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 100
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Application Date (and Time) - The date (and time) on which Owest receives from the CLEC a
complete and accurate local service request (LSR) or access service request (ASR) or retail order
subject to the following:
For the following types of requests/orders, the application date (and time) is the start of the next
business day:
(1) LSRs and ASRs received after 3:00PM MT for Designed Services and Local Number
Portability (except non-designed, flow-through LNP).
(2) Retail orders received after 3:00 PM local time for Designed Services.
(3) LSRs received after 7:00PM MT for POTS Resale (Residence and Business), Non-Design
Resale Centrex, non-designed UNE-, Unbundled Loops, and non-designed, flow-through
LNP.
(4) Retail orders for comparable non-designed services cannot be received after closing time, so
the cutoff time is essentially the business office closing time.
For all types of orders that are received from Friday at 7:00 PM MT through Sunday, or on
holidays , and do not flow through , the application date (and time) is the next, non-weekend
business day.
Automatic Location Information (All) - The feature of E911 that displays at the Public Safety
Answering Point (PSAP) the street address of the calling telephone number. This feature requires a
data storage and retrieval system for translating telephone numbers to the associated address. All
may include Emergency Service Number (ESN), street address , room or floor, and names of the
enforcement, fire and medical agencies with jurisdictional responsibility for the address. The
Management System (E911) database is used to update the Automatic E911 Location Information
databases.
Bill Date - The date shown at the top of the bill, representing the date on which Owest begins toclose the bill.
Blocking - Condition on a telecommunications network where, due to a maintenance problem or an
traffic volumes exceeding trunking capacity in a part of the network, some or all originating or
terminating calls cannot reach their final destinations. Depending on the condition and the part of the
network affected , the network may make subsequent attempts to complete the call or the call may be
completely blocked. If the call is completely blocked, the calling party will have to re-initiate the call
attempt.
Business Day - Workdays that Owest is normally open for business. Business Day = Monday
through Friday, excluding weekends and Owest published Holidays including New Year s Day,
Memorial Day, July 4 , Labor Day, Thanksgiving and Christmas. Individual measurement definitions
may modify (typically expanding) this definition as described in the Notes section of the measurement
definition.
Cleared Trouble Report - A trouble report for which the trouble has been cleared, meaning the
customer is "back in service
Closed Trouble Report - A trouble report that has been closed out from a maintenance center
perspective meaning the ticket is closed in the trouble reporting system following repair of the
trouble.
Code Activation (Opening) - Process by which new NPAlNXXs (area code/prefix) is defined
through software translations to network databases and switches, in telephone networks. Code
activation (openings) allow for new groups of telephone numbers (usually in blocks of 10 000) to be
made available for assignment to an ILEC's or CLEC's customers, and for calls to those numbers to
be passed between carriers.
Common Channel Signaling System 7 (CCSS7) - A network architecture used to for the exchange
of signaling information between telecommunications nodes and networks on an out-of-band basis.
Information exchanged provides for call set-up and supports services and features such as CLASS
and database query and response.
Common Transport - Trunk groups between tandem and end office switches that are shared by
more than one carrier, often including the traffic of both the ILEC and several CLECs.
Completion - The time in the order process when the service has been provisioned and service is
available.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 101
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Completion Notice - A notification the ILEG provides to the GLEG to inform the GLEG that the
requested service order activity is complete.
Coordinated Customer Conversion -- Orders that have a due date negotiated between the ILEG
the GLEG, and the customer so that work activities can be performed on a coordinated basis underthe direction of the receiving carrier.
Customer Requested Due Date - A specific due date requested by the customer which is either
shorter or longer than the standard interval or the interval offered by the ILEG.
Customer Trouble Reports - A report that the carrier providing the underlying service opens when
notified that a customer has a problem with their service. Once resolved , the disposition of the
trouble is changed to closed.
Dedicated Transport - A network facility reserved to the exclusive use of a single customer, carrier
or pair of carriers used to exchange switched or special, local exchange, or exchange access traffic.
Delayed Order - An order which has been completed after the scheduled due date and/or time.
Directory Assistance Database - A database that contains subscriber records used to provide live
or automated operator-assisted directory assistance. Including 411 555-1212, NPA-555-1212.
Directory Listings - Subscriber information used for DA and/or telephone directory publishing,
including name and telephone number, and optionally, the customer s address.
DS-O - Digital Service Level O. Service provided at a digital signal speed commonly at 64 kbps, but
occasionally at 56 kbps.
DS-1 - Digital Service Level 1. Service provided at a digital signal speed of 1.544 Mbps.
DS-3 - Digital Service Level 3. Service provided at a digital signal speed of 44.736 Mbps.
Due Date - The date provided on the Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) the ILEC sends the CLEC
identifying the planned completion date for the order.
End Office Switch - A switch from which an end users' exchange services are directly connected
and offered.
Final Trunk Groups Interconnection and interoffice trunk groups that do not overflow traffic to
other trunk groups when busy.
Firm Order Confirmation (FOC) - Notice the ILEC sends to the CLEC to notify the CLEC that it has
received the CLECs service request, created a service order, and assigned it a due date.
Flow-Through -The term used to describe whether a LSR electronically is passed from the OSS
interface system to the ILEC legacy system to automatically create a service order. LSRs that do not
flow through require manual intervention for the service order to be created in the ILEC legacy
system.
Interval Zone 1/Zone 2 Interval Zone 1 areas are wie centers for which Owest specifies shorter
standard service intervals than for Interval Zone 2 areas.
Installation - The activity performed to activate a service.
Installation Troubles - A trouble, which is identified after service order activity and installation, has
completed on a customer s line. It is likely attributable to the service activity (within a defined time
period).
Interconnection Trunks - A network facility that is used to interconnect two switches generally of
different local exchange carriers
Inward Activity - Refers to all orders for new or additional lines/circuits. For change order types
additional lines/circuits consist of all C orders with "I" and "T" action coded line/circuit USOCs that
represent new or additional lines/circuits, including conversions from retail to CLEC and CLEC to
CLEC.
Jeopardy - A condition experienced in the service provisioning process which results potentially in
the inability of a carrier to meet the committed due date on a service order
Jeopardy Notice - The actual notice that the ILEC sends to the CLEC when a jeopardy has been
identified.
Lack of Facilities - A shortage of cable facilities identified after a due date has been committed to a
customer, including the CLEC. The facilities shortage may be identified during the inventory
assignment process or during the service installation process, and typically triggers a jeopardy.
Local Exchange Routing Guide (LERG) - A Bellcore master file that is used by the telecom
industry to identify NPA-NXX routing and homing information, as well as network element and
equipment designations. The file also includes scheduled network changes associated with activity
within the North American Numbering Plan (NANP).
Local Exchange Traffic - Traffic originated on the network of a LEC in a local calling area that
terminates to another LEC in a local calling area.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 102
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Local Number Portability (formerly defined under Permanent Number Portability and also
known as - Long Term Number Portability) - A network technology which allows end user
customers to retain their telephone number when moving their service between local service
providers. This technology does not employ remote call forwarding, but actually allows the
customer s telephone number to be moved and redefined in the network of the new service provider.
The activity to move the telephone number is called "porting.
Local Service Request (LSR) - Transaction sent from the CLEC to the ILEC to order services or to
request a change(s) be made to existing services.
MSA/Non-MSA - Metropolitan Statistical Area is a government defined geographic area with a
population of 50 000 or greater. Non-Metropolitan Statistical Area is a government defined
geographic area with population of less than 50 000. Qwest depicts MSA Non-MSA based on NPA
NXX. Where a wire center is predominantly within an MSA, all lines are counted within the MSA.
Mechanized BiII- A bill that is delivered via electronic transmission.
NXX, NXX Code or Central Office Code - The three digit switch entity indicator that is defined by
the ", li , and "F" digits of a 10-digit telephone number within the NANP. Each NXX Code
contains 10 000 station numbers.
Plain Old Telephone Service (POTS) - Refers to basic 2-wire, non-complex analog residential and
business services. Can include feature capabilities (e., CLASS features).
Projects - Service requests that exceed the line size and/or level of complexity which would allow for
the use of standard ordering and provisioning processes. Generally, due dates for projects are
negotiated , coordination of service installations/changes is required and automated provisioning may
not be practical.
Query Types - Pre-ordering information that is available to a CLEC that is categorized according to
standards issued by OBF and/or the FCC.
Ready For Service (RFS) - The status achieved in the installation of a collocation arrangement
when all "operational" work has been completed. Operational work consists of the following as
applicable to the particular type of collocation:
Cage enclosure complete;
, .
DC power is active (including fuses available, BDFB (Battery Distribution Fuse Board) in place
and cables between the CLEC and power terminated);
Primary AC outlet in place;
Cable racking and circuit terminations are complete (e.g. fiber jumpers placed between the
Outside Plant Fiber Distribution Panel and the Central Office Fiber Distribution Panel serving the
CLEC). and
The following items complete, subject to the CLEC having made required payments to Qwest
(e., final payment): (If the required CLEC payments have not been made, the following items
are not required for RFS):
Key turnover made available to CLEC.
APOT/CFA complete, as defined/required in the CLEC's interconnection agreement
and
Basic telephone service and other services and facilities complete, if ordered by CLEC in
time to be provided on the scheduled RFS date (per Qwest's published standard installation
intervals for such telephone service).
Ready for Service Date (RFS date) - The due date assigned to a collocation order (typically
determined by regulatory rulings, contract terms, or negotiations with CLEC) to indicate when
collocation installation is scheduled to be ready for service, as defined above.
Reject - A status that can ,occur to a CLEC submitted local service request (LSR) when it does not
meet certain criteria. There are two types of rejects: (1) syntax, which occur if required fields are not
included in the LSR; ;3nd (2) content, which occur if invalid data is provided in a field. A rejected
service request must be corrected and re-submitted before provisioning can begin.
Repeat Report - Any trouble report that is a second (or greater) report on the same telephone
number/circuit ID and at the same premises address within 30 days. The original report can be any
category, including excluded reports, and can carry any disposition code.
Service Group Type - The designation used to identify a category of similar services
, .
, UNEloops.
Service Order - The work order created and distributed in ILECs systems and to ILEC work groups
in response to a complete , valid local service request.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 103
DEFINITION OF TERMS (continued)
Service Order Type - The designation used to identify the major types of provisioning activities
associated with a local service request.
Standard Interval- The interval that the ILEC publishes as a guideline for establishing due dates for
provisioning a service request. Typically, due dates will not be assigned with intervals shorter than
the standard. These intervals are specified by service type and type of service modification
requested. ILECs publish these standard intervals in documents used by their own service
representatives as well as ordering instructions provided to CLECs in the awest Standard Interval
Guidelines.
Subsequent Reports - A trouble report that is taken in relation to a previously-reported trouble prior
to the date and time the initial report has a status of "closed.
Tandem Switch - Switch used to connect and switch trunk circuits between and among Central
Office switches.
Time to Restore - The time interval from the receipt, by the ILEC, of a trouble report on
customer s service to the time service is fully restored to the customer.
Unbundled Network Element - Platform (UNE-P) - Combinations of network elements, including
both new and conversions, involving POTS (Le., basic services providing dial tone).
Unbundled Loop - The Unbundled Loop is a transmission path between a awest Central Office
Distribution Frame, or equivalent, and the Loop Demarcation Point at an end user premises. Loop
Demarcation Point is defined as the point where awest owned or controlled facilities cease, and
CLEC, end user, owner or landlord ownership of facilities begins.
Usage Data - Data generated in network nodes to identify switched call data on a detailed or
summarized basis. Usage data is used to create customer invoices for the calls.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 1 04
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS
ACRONYM
ACD
ADSL
All
ASR
BRI
CABS
CKT
CLEC
CPE
CRIS
CSR
DSO
DS1
DS3
E911 MS
EAS
EB-
EDI
EELS
FOC
GUI
HDSL
HICAP
IEC
ILEC
INP
IOF
NANP
NDM
NPAC
NXX
OBF
DESCRIPTION
Automatic Call Distributor
Asymmetric Diqital Subscriber Line
Automatic Line Information (for 911/E911 systems)
Service Request (processed via Exact system)
Basic Rate Interface (type of ISDN service)
Carrier Access Billing System
Circuit
Competitive Local Exchange Carrier
Central Office
Customer Premises Equipment
Customer Record Information System
Customer Service Record
Directory Assistance
Decibel
Database
Diqital Service 0
Diqital Service
Diqital Service 3
E911 Management System
Extended Area Service
Electronic Bonding - Trouble Administration
Electronic Data Interchanqe
Enhanced Extended Loops
Emergency Services (for 911/E911)
Firm Order Confirmation
Graphical User Interface
Hiqh-Bit-Rate Digital Subscriber Line
Hiqh Capacity Digital Service
Interexchange Carrier
Incumbent Local Exchanqe Carrier
Interim Number Portability
Interoffice Facilities (refers to trunk facilities located between
Owest central offices)
Inteqrated Services Digital Network
Interconnect Mediated Access
Local Access Transport Area
Local Exchange Routinq Guide
Line Identification Database
Local Interconnection Service Trunks
Lonq Term Number Portability
Local Service Request
Service Order Types - - N (new), T (to or transfer), C
(chanqe)
North American Numbering Plan
Network Data Mover
Number Portability Administration Center
Telephone number prefix
Ordering and Billing Forum
ISDN
IMA
LATA
LERG
LlDB
LIS
LNP
LSR
, T
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 1 05
GLOSSARY OF ACRONYMS (continued)
ACRONYM DESCRIPTION
OOS Out of service (type of trouble condition)
OSS Operations Support Systems
PBX Private Branch Exchange
PON Purchase Order Number
POTS Plain Old Telephone Service
PRI Primary Rate Interface (type of ISDN service)
RFS Ready for Service (refers to collocation installations)
SIA SAAFE (Strategic Application Architecture Framework and
Environment) Information Access
SOP Service Order Processor
SOT Service Order Type
SS7 Signaling System 7
STP Signaling Transfer Point
Telephone Number
UDIT Unbundled Dedicated Interoffice Transport
UNE Unbundled Network Element
UNE-Unbundled Network Element - Platform
VRU Voice Response Unit
WFA Work Force Administration
XDSL (x) Digital Subscriber Line. (The "" prefix refers to DSL
generically. An "" replaced by an "A" refers to Asymmetric
DSL, and by an "H" refers to High-bit-rate DSL.)
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 1 06
APPENDIX A
PO-20 Feature Detail Fields
Feature Detail
Resale and UNE-P (POTS and Centrex 21):
CFN
Validate the call forwarding TN
CFNB
Validate the call forwarding TN '
CFND
Validate the call forwarding TN
RCYC
FID associated with a call forwarding don t answer uso.e that determines how many rings before the call
forwards to the TN provided with the eFN or eFND FIDs.
HLN (HLA Hot Line)
FID associated with the usee HLA (which is on our usee list to validate.) The Hot Line feature call
forwards automatically to a pre-programmed number. This TN is provided following the HLN FID. The
data provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR will be validated against the HLN FID on the
service order to determine whether the FID is present and the TN provided on the LSR with the FID is
correct on the service order.
LINK (HME CALL FORWARDING TO CELLULAR)
FID associated with the usee HME (which is on our usee list to validate.) The HME feature call
forwards a call from the land line telephone number to a cellular telephone number. The LINK FID , along
with the pes telephone number provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR, will be validated
against the LINK FID on the service order to determine whether the FID is present and the telephone
number provided on the LSR matches the telephone number on the service order.
DES on DID MBB
If the eLEe requests a DID voice mailbox the DID number will follow the FID DES on the LSR in the
Feature Detail section and on the service order. The DES FID along with the DID telephone number
provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR will be validated against the DES FID on the service
order to determine whether the FID is present and the DID telephone number provided on the matches
the telephone number on the service order.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 107
APPENDIX A (continued)
TN on Custom Ring USOC (RGG1A etc.
We currently have 9 custom ring USOGs on our PO-20 USCG list. Along with the custom ring USCG is
the TN FID. The TN FID along with the custom ring telephone number provided in the Feature Detail
section on the LSR will be validated against the TN FID on the service order to determine whether the
FID is present and the custom ring telephone provided on the LSR with the FID is correct on the service
order. (The validation would only apply if the USCG and FID were present in the Feature Detail section of
the LSR.
CAS (If provided on LSR for SEA)
Gall. Screening Gode Assignment is a FID associated with the selective class of call feature (which is on
our USCG list to validate.) Along with the GAS FID is a two-digit number that indicates what type of
screening is being requested. The GAS FIDalong with a two-digit number is provided in the Feature
Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order
behind the feature USCG and that the two-digit number matches the two-digit number provided on the
LSR.
WW (if provided on LSR for TFM)
Working With is a FID associated with the transfer mailbox feature (which is on our USCG list to validate.
Along with the WW FID is a ten-digit number that indicates where the voice mailbox is located. The WW
FID along with the ten-digit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the ten-
digit number matches the ten-digit number provided on the LSR.
MBOA (if provided on LSR for VFN)
Mailbox out-dial notification is a FID associated with the message notification feature (which is on our
USCG list to validate.) Along with the MBOA FID is a two-digit alphanumeric combination that indicates
where the notification will be sent (Le., identifies pager type.) The MBOA FID along with the two-digit
alphanumeric combination is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the two-digit
alphanumeric matches the two-digit alphanumeric provided on the LSR.
DES on VGT (if provided on LSR)
Description is a FID associated with the scheduled greeting feature (which is on our USCG list to
validate.) Along with the DES FID is a ten-digit telephone number that reflects the DID mailbox number.
The DES FID along with the ten-digit telephone number is provided in the Feature Detail section on the
LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG
and that the ten-digit telephone number matches the ten-digit telephone number provided on the LSR.
WL (WLS Warm Line)
Warm line timeout is a FID associated with the warm line feature. Along with the WL T FID is a one or two
numeric value that indicates the number of seconds that must elapse before the DMS-100 switch sets up
the connection for a warm line service number. The WL T FID along with the one or two numeric value is
provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated
on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the one or two numeric value matches the one or
two numeric value provided on the LSR.
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 108
APPENDIX A (continued)
FIDs associated with WFA (800 service line feature which is on our usoe list to validate):
SIT (if provided on LSR for WFA)
Special identifying telephone number is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along
with the SIT FID is a ten-digit telephone number that reflects the 800, 888, 877, or 866 service
line feature. The SIT FID along with the ten-digit telephone number is provided in the Feature
Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service
order behind the feature usee and that the ten-digit telephone number matches the ten-digit
telephone number provided on the LSR.
SIS (if provided on LSR for WFA)
Special Identifying Telephone Number Supplemental is a FID associated with the 800 service line
feature. The SIS FID along with a one-digit number is provided in the Feature Detail section on
the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the
feature usee and that the one-digit number matches the one-digit number provided on the LSR.
ELN (if provided on LSR for WFA)
800 Service listed name is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the ELN
FID is a listed name, which follows the format of a business name. The ELN FID along with the
name is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that
the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature usee and that the name matches the
name provided on the LSR.
ELA (if provided on LSR for WFA)
800 listed address is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the ELA FID
is an address, which follows the format of a listed address plus LATA, State , and ZIP code. The
ELA FID along with the address is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature usee and that
the address matches the address provided on the LSR.
ADS (if provided on LSR for WFA)
Area of service is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. Along with the AOS FID are
one to two alphanumeric characters and three numeric characters which represents LATA and
Ae of the address. The AOS FID along with the additional characters are provided in the Feature
Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service
order behind the feature usee and that the additional characters match the additional characters
provided on the LSR.
ALC (if provided on LSR for WFA)
IntraLA T A carrier is a FID associated with the 800 service line feature. It indicates the IntraLA T A
carrier for the 800 service. Along with the ALe FID is the three-digit code (OTe) for the
IntraLA T A carrier. The ALe FID along with the three-digit code is provided in the Feature Detail
section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order
behind the feature usee and that the three-digit code matches the three-digit code provided on
the LSR.
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30, 2004 Page 109
APPENDIX A (continued)
Resale and UNE-P Centrex 21
FIDs associated with S03, 805, SFB, C2T AX (Electronic Business Set USOCs which are on our
USOC list to validate):
KEY (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Key Designation (KEY number) is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature.
Along with the KEY FID is a numeric value that indicates the key designated for different features
or lines on the EBS. The KEY FID along with the numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail
section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order
behind the feature USCG and that the numeric value matches the numeric value provided on the
LSR.
MADN (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Multiple Appearance Directory Number Call Arrangement is a FID associated with the Electronic
Business Set feature. Along with the MADN FID is a set of alpha values that indicate the type
appearance and ring status desired for different features or lines on the EBS. The KEY FID along
with the alpha values is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the alpha
values match the alpha values provided on the LSR.
ROL (If provided on LSR for Electronic Business Set EBS USOCs)
Ring On Line is a FID associated with the Electronic Business Set feature. Along with the ROL
FID is an alpha value that indicates if the line will ring (Y or N). The ROL FID along with the alpha
value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate that the
FID is floatec;J on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the alpha value matches the
alpha value provided on the LSR.
TTYD (If provided on LSR for C2T AX)
Terminal Type is a FID associated with the adjunct module feature. Along with the TTYD FID is a
4 character alpha value based on customer equipment. The TTYD FID along with the 4 character
alpha value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will validate
that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the 4 character
alpha value matches the 4 character alpha value provided on the LSR.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 11
APPENDIX A (continued)
FIDs associated with E3PPK (CALL PICK-UP feature which is on our USOC list to validate):
CPG (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup Group is a FID associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the CPG FID
is a 1-3 digit numeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPG FID along with the 1-
digit numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the 1-
digit numeric value matches the 1-3 digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
CPUO (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup-Originating is a FID associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the
CPUO FID is an alphanumeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPUO FID along
with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
CPUT (If provided on LSR for E3PPK)
Call Pickup-Terminating is a FID associated with the CALL PICK-UP feature. Along with the
CPUT FID is an alphanumeric value that identifies the call pickup group. The CPUT FID along
with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
FIDs associated with GVJ, EZJ, GVZ, GV2, EVH, GW (Speed Call feature USOCs that are on our
USOC list to validate):
SCG (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Speed Call Group is a FID associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the SCG FID is a 7
digit numeric value that identifies the controller of the group. The SCG FID along with the 7 digit
numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-20 review will
validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that the 7 digit
numeric value matches 7 digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
CSt (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Change Speed Calling Group List is a FID associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the
CSL FID is a 2 digit numeric value that identifies the size of the group list. The SCG FID along
with the 7 digit numeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the 2 digit numeric value matches 2 digit numeric value provided on the LSR.
SCF (If provided on LSR for Speed call USOCs)
Speed Calling Feature Name is a FID associated with the Speed call feature. Along with the SCF
FID is an alphanumeric value that identifies the controller of the shared list. The SCF FID along
with the alphanumeric value is provided in the Feature Detail section on the LSR. The PO-
review will validate that the FID is floated on the service order behind the feature USCG and that
the alphanumeric value matches alphanumeric value provided on the LSR.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Seventh Amended Exhibit B November 30 2004 Page 111
EXHIBIT C
See Qwest's Wholesale web-site for the Service Interval Guide.
Exhibit C -Qwest Fourteen State Template Version 1., May 11 , 2005
Exhibit 0
INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
awest Idaho October 4 , 2004 Page 1
EXHIBIT E
INTENTIONAllY lEFT BLANK
awest I October 4, 2004 Page
EXHIBIT F - SPECIAL REQUEST PROCESS
The Special Request Process shall be used for the following requests:
Requesting specific product feature(s) be made available by Qwest that are
currently available in a switch , but which are not activated.
Requesting specific product feature(s) be made available by Qwest that are not
currently available in a switch, but which are available from the switch vendor
Requesting a combination of Unbundled Network Elements that is a combination
not currently offered by Qwest as a standard product and:
that is made up of UNEs that are defined by the FCC or the Commission
as a network element to which Qwest is obligated to provide unbundled access
and.
that is made up of UNEs that are ordinarily combined in the Qwest
network.
1.4 Requesting an Unbundled Network Element that does not require a technical
feasibility analysis and has been defined by the FCC or the State Commission as a
network element to which Qwest is obligated to provide unbundled, access, but for which
Qwest has not created a standard product, including, but not limited to, OC-192 (and
such higher bandwidths that may exist) UDIT, EEL between OC-3 and OC-192 and new
varieties of subloops.2. Any request that requires an analysis of Technical Feasibility shall be treated as
a Bona Fide Request (BFR), and will follow the BFR Process set forth in this Agreement.
If it is determined that a request should have been submitted through the BFR process
Qwest will consider the BFR time frame to have started upon receipt of the original
Special Request application form.3. A Special Request shall be submitted in writing and on the appropriate Qwest form
which is located on Qwest's website.4. Qwest shall acknowledge receipt of the Special Request within two (2) business days of
receipt.5. Qwest shall respond with an analysis, including costs and timeframes, within fifteen (15)
business days of receipt of the Special Request. In the case of UNE Combinations, the analysis
shall include whether the requested combination is a combination of network elements that are
ordinarily combined in the Qwest network. If the request is for a combination of network
elements that are not ordinarily combined in the Qwest network, the analysis shall indicate to
CLEC that it should use the BFR process if CLEC elects to pursue its request.6. Upon request Qwest shall provide CLEC with Qwest's supporting cost data and/or
studies for Unbundled Network Elements that CLEC wishes to order within seven (7) business
days, except where Qwest cannot obtain a release from its vendors within seven (7) business
days, in which case Qwest will make the data available as soon as Qwest receives the vendor
release. Such cost data shall be treated as Confidential Information, if requested by Qwest
under the non-disclosure sections of this Agreement.
Negotiations Template, Exhibit F Page 1
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
The highlighted portions of this document describe Qwest's current processes. These
provisions may be modified through the redesign process.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION AND SCOPE
MANAGING THE CHANGE MANAGEMENT PROCESS
Managing the Change Management Process Document
Change Management Point-of-Contact (POC)
Change Management POC List
Qwest CMP Responsibilities
Method of Communication
MEETINGS
Meeting Materials (Distribution Package) for Change Management Meeting
Meeting Minutes for Change Management Meeting
Qwest Wholesale CMP Web Site
TYPES OF CHANGE
Regulatory Change
Industry Guideline Change
Qwest Originated Change
CLEC Originated Change
CHANGE REQUEST INITIATION PROCESS
1 CLEC-Qwest OSS Interface Change Request Initiation Process
2 CLEC-Qwest OSS Interface Change Request Lifecycle
CLEC Product/Process Change Request Initiation Process
Qwest Initiated Product/Process Changes
OSS INTERFACE RELEASE CALENDAR
INTRODUCTION OF A NEW OSS INTERFACE
Introdution of a New Application -to-Application Interface
Introduction of a New GUI
CHANGE TO EXISTING OSS INTERFACES
1 Application-to-Application Interface
Graphical User Interface (GUI)
R:ETIREMENT OF EXISTING OSS INTERFACES
1 Application-to-Application OSS Interface
Graphical User Interface (GUI)
10.PRIORITIZATION
10.Regulatory and Industry Guideline Change Requests
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 1
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
10.Prioritization Process
10.Special Change Request Process (SCRP)
11.0 APPLICATION-TO-APPLICATION INTERFACE TESTING
11.Testing Process
12.Production Support
12.Notification of Planned Outages
12.Newly Deployed OSS Interface Release
12.Request for a Production Support Change
12.Reporting Trouble to IT
12.Severity Levels
12.Status Notification for IT Trouble Tickets
12.Notification Intervals
13.TRAINING
14.ESCALATION PROCESS
14.Guidelines
14.Cycle
15.DISPUTE RESOLUTION PROCESS
APPENDIX A: SAMPLE - IMA 11.0 RANK ELIGIBLE CRS
APPENDIX B: SAMPLE - IMA 11.0 INITIAL PRIORITIZATION FORM
APPENDIX C: SAMPLE - IMA 11.0 INITIAL PRIORITIZATION LIST
DEFINITION OF TERMS
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 2
Exhibi t G
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
CHANGE MANAGEMENT PROCESS (CMP)
The highlighted portions of this document describe Qwest's current processes. These
provisions may be modified through the redesign process.
INTRODUCTION AND SCOPE
This document defines the processes for change management of ass interfaces, products and
processes (including manual) as described below. CMP provides a means to address changes
that support or affect pre-ordering, ordering/provisioning, maintenance/repair and billing
capabilities and associated documentation and production support issues for local services
provided by CLECs to their end users.
The CMP is managed by CLEC and Qwest representatives each having distinct roles and
responsibilities. The CLECs and Qwest will hold regular meetings to exchange information
about the status of existing changes, the need for new changes , what changes Qwest is
proposing, how the process is working, etc. The process also allows for escalation to resolve
disputes, if necessary.
Qwest will track changes to ass interfaces, products and processes. The CMP includes the
identification of changes and encompasses, as applicable Qwest will process any, such
changes in accordance with the CMP described in this document.
In cases of conflict between the changes implemented through the CMP and any CLEC
interconnection agreement (whether based on the Qwest SGA T or not), the rates, terms and
conditions of such interconnection agreement shall prevail as between Qwest and the CLEC
party to such interconnection agreement. In addition, if changes implemented through the CMP
do not necessarily present a direct conflict with a CLEC interconnection agreement, but would
abridge or expand the rights of a party to such agreement, the rates, terms and conditions of
such interconnection agreement shall prevail as between Qwest and the CLEC party to such
agreement.
The CMP is dynamic in nature and, as such, is managed through the regularly scheduled
meetings. The parties agree to act in Good Faith in exercising their rights and performing their
obligations pursuant to this CMP. This document may be revised , through the procedures
described in Section 2.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 3
Exhibit G
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
MANAGING THE CHANGE MANAGEMENT PROCESS
Managing the Change Management Process Document
The Change Management Process is dynamic in nature. Proposed modifications to the CMP
framework shall be originated by means of discussion at any of the regularly scheduled Monthly
Product/Process CMP meetings (standing agenda item at the Monthly Product/Process CMP
meetings).
The initiator of the change would send an email with the redlined language and the reasons for
the request attached at least 14 days in advance of the Product & Process CMP meeting. The
request initiator would present the proposal to the CMP participants. The parties would develop
a process for input into the proposed change. To incorporate a change into the CMP requires
unanimous agreement. Each proposal will be assigned a unique tracking number. Date , version
and history log for the CMP. Include the proposal in the distribution package and on the
agenda. The requested change will be reviewed at one CMP meeting and voted on no earlier
than the following CMP meeting.
Change Management Point-of-Contact (POC)
Qwest and each CLEC will designate primary and secondary change management POC(s) who
will serve as the official designees for matters regarding this CMP. The primary P~C is the
official voting member, and a secondary (alternate) P~C can vote in the absence of the primary
P~C for each CLEC. CLECs and Qwest will exchange P~C information including items such
as:
Name
TitleCompany
Telephone number
E-mail address
Fax number
Cell phone/Pager number
Change Management POC List
Primary and secondary CLEC POCs should be included in the Qwest maintained P~C list. It is
the CLEC responsibil'ity to notify Qwest of any P~C changes. The list will be made available to
all participating CLECs with the permission of the POCs.
Qwest CMP Responsibilities
1 CMP Managers
The Qwest CMP Product/Process Manager is the Qwest Product/Process P~C and
responsible for properly processing submitted CRs conducting the Monthly CMP
Product/Process Meeting, assembling and distributing the meeting distribution package, and
ensuring minutes are written and distributed in accordance with the agreed-upon timeline.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 4
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
The Qwest CMP Systems Manager is the Qwest Systems p~C and is responsible for properly
processing submitted CRs, conducting the Monthly CMP Systems Meeting, assembling and
distributing the meeting distribution package, and ensuring minutes are written and distributed
in accordance with the agreed-upon timeline. The CMP Systems Manager also distributes the
list of CRs eligible for prioritization to Qwest and the CLECs for ranking, tabulates the rankings
and forwards the resulting prioritization of the CRs to Qwest and the CLECs. In addition, the
CMP Systems Manager is responsible for coordinating the publication of any Qwest ass
Interface release notification schedules.
Change Request Project Manager (CRPM)
The Qwest CRPM manages CRs throughout the CMP CR lifecycle. The CRPM is responsible
for obtaining a clear understanding of exactly what deliverables the CR originator requires to
close the CR, arranging the CR clarification meetings and coordinating necessary Subject
Matter Experts (SMEs) from within Qwest to respond to the CR and coordinate the participation
of the necessary SMEs in the discussions with the CLECs
Escalation/Dispute Resolution Manager
The Escalation/Dispute Resolution Manager is responsible for managing escalations and
disputes in accordance with the CMP Escalation Process and Dispute Resolution Process.
Method of Communication
The method of communication is e-mail with supporting information posted to the web site when
applicable (see Section 3.3 Qwest Wholesale CMP Web Site). Communications sent bye-mail
resulting from CMP will include in the subject line "CMP". Email communications regarding
document changes will include direct web site links to the related documentation.
Redlined PCATs and Technical Publications associated with product, process, and systemschanges will be posted to the , Qwest CMP Document Review Web site
http://www.Qwest.com/wholesale/cmp/review.html.For the duration of the agreed upon
comment period CLECs may submit comments on the proposed documentation change. At the
Qwest CMP Document Review Web site CLECs may submit their comments on a specific
document by selecting the "Submit Comments" link associated with the document. The "Submit
Comments." link will take CLECs to an HTML comment template. If for any reason the "Submit"
button on the site does not function properly, CLEC may submit comments
cmpcomm~Qwest.com . After the conclusion of the applicable CLEC comment period Qwest
will aggregate all CLEC comments with Qwest responses and distribute to all CLECs via
Notification email within the applicable period.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 5
Exhibit G
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
MEETINGS
Change Management meetings will be conducted on a regularly scheduled basis, at least two
consecutive days on a monthly basis. Meeting participants can choose to attend meetings in
person or participate by conference call.
Meetings are held to review, prioritize , manage the implementation of process and system
changes and address change management requests. Qwest will review the status of all
applicable change requests. The meeting may also include discussions of Qwest's
development view.
CLEC's request for additional agenda items and associated materials should be submitted to
Qwest at least five (5) business days by noon (MST) in advance of the meeting. Qwest is
responsible for distributing the agenda and associated meeting materials at least three (3)
business days by noon (MST) in advance of the meeting. Qwest will be responsible for
preparing, maintaining, and distributing meeting minutes. Attendees with any walk-on items
should bring materials of the walk-on items to the meeting.
All attendees, whether in person or by phone, must identify themselves and the company they
represent.
Additional meetings may be held at the request of Qwest or any CLEC. Meeting notification
must contain an agenda plus any supporting meeting materials. These meetings should be
announced at least five (5) business days prior to their occurrence. Exceptions may be made
for emergency situations.
Meeting Materials (Distribution Package) for Change Management Meeting
Meeting materials should include the following information:
Meeting Logistics
Minutes from previous meeting
Agenda
Change Requests and responses
New/Active
Updated
Log
. Issues , Action Items Log and associated statuses
Release Summary
12 Month Development View
Monthly System Outage Report
Any other material to be discussed
Qwest will provide Meeting Materials (Distribution Package) electronically by noon 3 business
days prior to the Monthly CMP Meeting. In addition , Qwest will provide hard copies of the
Distribution Package at the Monthly CMP Meeting.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 6
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
Meeting Minutes for Change Management Meeting
Qwest will take minutes. Qwest will summarize discussions in meeting minutes and include any
revised documents such as Issues , Action items and statuses.
Minutes should be distributed to meeting participants for comments or revisions no later than
five (5) business days by noon (MST) after the meeting. CLEC comments should be provided
within two (2) business days by noon (MST). Revised minutes, if CLEC comments are
received , should be distributed within nine (9) business days by noon (MST) after the meeting.
Qwest Wholesale CMP Web Site
To facilitate access to CMP documentation , Qwest will maintain CMP information on its web
site. The web site should be easy to use and updated in a timely manner. The Web site should
be a well organized central repository for CLEC notifications and CMP documentation. Active
documentation including meeting materials (Distribution Package), should be maintained on the
website. Change Requests and release notifications should be identified in accordance with
the agreed upon naming convention, to facilitate ease of identification. Qwest will maintain
closed and old versions of documents on the web site s Archive page for 18 months before
storing off line. Information that has been removed from the web site can be obtained by
contacting the appropriate Qwest CMP Manager. At a minimum, the CMP web site will include:
Current version of Qwest CMP document describing the CMP's purpose and scope
setting forth the CMP objectives, procedures, and timelines, including release life cycles.
Calendar of release dates
ass hours of availability
Links to related web sites, such as IMA EDI , IMA GUI, CEMR, and Notices
Current CMP escalation process
. CMP prioritization process description and guidelines
Change Request form and instructions to complete form
Submitted and open Change Requests and the status of each
Responses to Change Requests and written responses to CLEC inquiries
Meeting (formal and informal) information for CMP monthly meetings and interim meetings
or conference calls, including descriptions of meetings and participants, agendas, minutes,
sign-up forms, and schedules
. A log of each type of change requests and associated status histories
Meeting materials (distribution package)
Meeting minutes
Release announcements and other CLEC notifications and associated requirements
Directory to CLEC notifications for the month
Business rules, SATE test case scenarios technical specifications, and user guides will be
provided via links on the CMP web site.
Contact i'nformation for the CMP P~C list, including CLEC, Qwest and other participants
(with participant consent to publish contact information on web page).
Redlined PCAT and Technical Publications - see Section 2.
Instructions for receiving CMP communications - see Section 2.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24 2002
Page 7
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
TYPES OF CHANGE
A Change Request should fall into one of the following classifications:
Regulatory Change
Regulatory Change is mandated by regulatory or legal entities, such as the Federal
Communications Commission (FCC), a state commission/authority, or state and federal courts
or as agreed to by Qwest and CLECs. Regulatory changes are not voluntary but are requisite
to comply with newly passed legislation, regulatory requirements, or court rulings. Either the
CLEC or Qwest may initiate the change request.
Industry Guideline Change
An Industry Guideline Change implements Industry Guidelines using a national implementation
timeline, if any. Either Qwest or the CLEC may initiate the change request. These guidelines
are industry defined by:
Alliance for Telecommunications Industry Solutions (ATIS) Sponsored
Ordering and Billing Forum (OBF)
Local Service Ordering and Provisioning Committee (LSOP)
Telecommunications Industry Forum (TCIF)
Electronic Commerce Inter-exchange Committee (ECIC)
Electronic Data Interface Committee (EDI)
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
Qwest Originated Change
A Qwest Originated change is originated by Qwest does not fall within the changes listed above
and is within the scope of CMP.
CLEC Originated Change
A CLEC Originated change is originated by the CLEC does not fall within the changes listedabove and is within the scope of CMP.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 8
Exhibit G
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
CHANGE REQUEST INITIATION PROCESS
CLEC-Qwest OSS Interface Change Request Initiation Process
The change request initiator will complete a Change Request Form (see Appendix D) as
defined by the instructions on Qwest's CMP web site. The Change Request Form is also
located on Qwest's CMP web site.
A CLEC or Qwest seeking to change an existing ass interface, to establish a new ass
interface, or to retire an existing ass interface must submit a change request (CR).
Regulatory or Industry Guideline Change Request
The party submitting Regulatory or Industry Guideline CR must also include sufficient
information to justify the CR being treated as a Regulatory or Industry Guideline CR in the
description section of the CR form. Such information must include specific references to
regulatory or court orders, legislation, or industry guidelines as well as dates, docket or case
number, page or paragraph numbers and the mandatory or recommended implementation
date, if any. If regulatory CR is implemented by manual process and later it is determined
that change in circumstance warrants mechanized solution, the CR originator must provide
the evidence of the change in circumstance, such as an estimated volume increase or changes
in technical feasibility.
Owest or any CLEC may submit Regulatory and Industry Guideline CRs. Owest will send
CLECs notice when it posts Regulatory or Industry Guideline CRs to the Web and identify
when comments are due as described below. Regulatory and Industry Guideline CRs will also
be identified in the CMP Systems Monthly Meeting Distribution Package. Not later than
business days prior to the Systems CMP Monthly meeting, any party objecting to the
classification of such CR as Regulatory or Industry Guideline must submit statement
documenting reasons why the objecting party does not agree that the CR should be classified
as Regulatory or Industry Guideline change. Regulatory and Industry Guideline CRs may not be
presented as walk-on items.
If Owest or any CLEC has objected to the classification of a CR as Regulatory or Industry
Guideline, that CR will be discussed at the next monthly Change Management Meeting. At that
meeting, Owest and the CLECs will attempt to agree that the CR is Regulatory or Industry
Guideline. At that meeting, if Owest or any CLEC does not agree that the CR is Regulatory or
Industry Guideline, the CR will be treated as a non-Regulatory, non-Industry Guideline CR and
prioritized with the GLEe-originated and Owest-originated CRs, unless and until the CR
declared to be Regulatory or Industry Guideline through dispute resolution. Final determination
of CR type will be made by the CLEC and Owest designated representatives at that monthly
meeting, and documented in the meeting minutes.
Implementation Plan for Regulatory CRs
If agreement is reached at the monthly CMP meeting that a CR constitutes Regulatory
Change, then at that same meeting, Owest will propose an implementation plan for compliance
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision , Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 9
Exhibit G
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
with regulatory mandate. The proposal will include the criteria that Qwest used to determine
the proposed method of implementation, including estimated volume, an estimated level of
effort for implementing manual solution, and an estimated level of effort for implementing
mechanized solution. Qwest will express the estimated levels of effort for th~se purposes in
terms of range of hours required to implement. If relied upon, the criteria may also include
cost, estimated volume, number of CLECs technical feasibility, parity with retail, or
effectiveness/feasibility of manual process.
If the difference between the midpoint of each range of the estimated levels of effort for
implementing the manual and mechanized solutions is less than 10% of the larger number, and
Qwest did not rely upon other criteria in determining the proposed method of implementation
then the decision regarding whether to implement the manual or mechanized solution will be
determined by the desires of the majority of the parties present at the monthly meeting where
the implementation plan is presented. For example, if Qwest did not rely on other criteria, this
provision applies where the midpoint of the level of effort for the mechanized solution is 2000
hours and the midpoint of the level of effort for the manual solution is 2200 hours, because the
difference is 200 hours, which is less than 10% of 2200, or 220. After the implementation plan
has been discussed at that meeting, Qwest will request that representative of each CLEC and
Qw-est indicate their preference for the manual or the mechanized solution, e., by show of
raised hands. The determination will be made by the majority of parties that express
preference. The results will be reflected in the meeting minutes.
If Qwest is unable to fully implement mechanized solution in the first release that occurs after
the CMP participants agree that change has been mandated, Qwest's implementation plan for
the mechanized solution may include the short-term implementation of manual work-around
until the mechanized solution can be implemented. In that situation, the CR to implement the
mechanized change will be treated as Regulatory Change notwithstanding the fact that
manual work-around is required for some interim period, and Qwest will continue to work that
Regulatory CR until the mechanized solution is implemented.
Qwest's implementation plan for manual solution may include plan to implement
mechanized solution when and if estimated volume for the functionality justifies implementation
of mechanized solution. In that situation subsequent CR to implement the mechanized
change must be submitted when estimated volume justifies implementation of the mechanized
solution and will be treated as Regulatory Change only if the CLECs and Qwest agree to such
treatment. If the parties do not agree to treat such a CR as Regulatory Change, it will
treated as non-Regulatory Change.
CLECs and Qwest will attempt to reach agreement on the implementation plan at the monthly
CMP meeting at which the proposed implementation is presented.
If any CLEC objects to the, proposed implementation plan because it disagrees with Qwest'
assessment of the estimated volume the CLEC must submit information to Qwest
demonstrating that Qwest's volume estimate should be revised. The CLEC shall submit such
information to Qwest within business days after the monthly meeting. Qwest shall consider
If necessary, a CLEC may indicate that such information is confidential by marking each page
UJith the word "Confidential." If Qwest receives information pursuant to this provision that
Owest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 10
Exhibit G
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
all such information submitted and determine whether revision of its volume estimate is
appropriate. Within 10 business days after the monthly meeting, Qwest will notify GLEGs via
the maHout process whether it has determined that revision of the volume estimate is
appropriate. If it has revised the volume estimate Qwest will include the revised volume
estimate and will state whether the revised volume estimate results in change to Qwest's
estimated levels of effort to implement manual and/or mechanized solution. If the volume
estimate is revised and the revision results in change to Qwest's estimated levels of effort to
implement manual and/or mechanized solution and/or Qwest's proposed implementation plan
Qwest will include the revised estimated levels of effort and the revised implementation plan in
the notification. This implementation plan will be presented at the next monthly GMP meeting.
GLEGs and Qwesf. will attempt to reach agreement on the implementation plan at the monthly
GMP meeting at which the revised implementation is presented.
The final determination regarding the implementation plan will be made by Qwest with input
from GLECs, except where the estimated levels of effort for implementing the manual and
mechanized solutions are not significantly different and the decision regarding whether to
implement manual or mechanized solution is determined by the GLEGs, as set forth above. If
no CLEGs object to the proposed plan at the monthly meeting where it is first presented, final
determinations will be made at that meeting and documented in the meeting minutes.
Qwest will present the proposed plan at the next monthly meeting only if all of the following
apply:
one or more GLEGs object to the proposed plan at the monthly meeting where it is first
presented
one or more GLEGs submit additional volume estimate information as set forth above, and
the additional information submitted by GLEGs results in revision to the implementation
plan.
If all of the above apply, resulting in revised implementation plan, then Qwest will present the
revised implementation plan at the next monthly meeting. Final determinations regarding the
implementation plan will be made at that monthly meeting and documented in the meeting
minutes.
If any GLEG does not agree with the final implementation plan, the objecting GLEG may initiate
dispute resolution under the GMP Dispute Resolution process.
A CR originator e-mails a completed CR form to the Qwest Systems CMP Manager within two
(2) business days after Qwest receives a complete CR: Qwest's CMP Manager assigns a CR
number and logs the CR into the CMP database.
The Qwest CMP Manager forwards the CR to the CMP Group Manager.
The Qwest CMP Manager sends acknowledgement of receipt to the originator and updates
the CR database.
Within two (2) business days after acknowledgement:
marked "Confidential", Qwest will not disclose such confidential information to any other CLEC
but Qwest may use such confidential information to revise its demand estimate, if appropriateand may disclose its revised demand estimate.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 11
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
The Qwest CMP Manager posts the complete CR to the CMP web site.
The CMP Group Manager assigns a Change Request Project Manager (CRPM) and
identifies the appropriate director responsible for the CR.
The CRPM obtains from the director the names of the assigned subject matter expert(s)
(SME).
The CRPM will provide a copy of the detailed CR report to the CR originator which includes
the following information:
description of CR
originator
assigned CRPM contact information
assigned CR number
designated Qwest SMEs and associated director(s)
Within eight (8) business days of receipt of a complete CR, the CRPM will coordinate and hold
a clarification meeting with the originator and Qwest's SMEs. If the originator is not available
within the above specified time frame, then the clarification meeting will be held at a mutually
agreed upon time. Qwest may not provide a response to a CR until a clarification meeting has
been held.
At the clarification meeting, Qwest and the originator will review the submitted CR, validate the
intent of the originator s CR, clarify all aspects, identify all questions to be answered, and
determine deliverables to be produced. After the clarification meeting has been held , the
CRPM will document and issue meeting minutes within five (5) business days. Qwest's SME will
internally identify options and potential solutions to the CR.
CRs received three (3) weeks prior to the next scheduled CMP meeting will be presented at that
CMP meeting. At least one (1) week prior to that scheduled CMP meeting, the CRPM will have
the response posted to the web, added to CMP database, and will notify all CLECs via email.
CRs that are not submitted by the above specified cut-off date may be presented at that CMP
meeting as a walk-on item with current status. Qwest may not provide responses to these walk-
on requests until the next months CMP meeting. The originator will present its CR and provide
any business reasons for the CR. Items or issues identified during the previously held
clarification meeting will be relayed. Participating CLECs will then be given the opportunity to
comment on the CR and subsequent clarifications. Clarifications and/or modifications related to
the CR will be incorporated. Qwest's SME will present options and potential solutions to the CR
if applicable. Consensus will be obtained from the participating CLECs as to the appropriate
direction/solution for Qwest's SME to take in responding to the CR if applicable.
Qwest will review the CRs received prior to the cut off date and evaluate whether Qwest can
implement them. Qwest's responses will be one of the following:
. "
Accepted" (Qwest will implement the CLEC request) with position stated. If the CR is
accepted , Qwest will provide the following in its response:
Determination and presentation of options of how the CR can be implemented
Identification of the Level of Effort
Identification of any CR which is a duplicate , in part or whole, to the CR being
presented.
Qwest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24 , 2002
Page 12
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
. "
Denied" (Qwest will not implement the CLEC or Qwest request) with basis for the denial , in
writing, including reference to substantiating material. . CLEC-initiated ass Interfaces and
Product/Process change request may be denied for one or more of the following reasons.
Technologically not feasible-a technical solution is not available
, (+)
Regulatory ruling/Legal implications-regulatory or legal reasons prohibit the change as
requested , or if the request benefits some CLECs and negatively impact others (parity
among CLECs) (Contrary to ICA provisions) (+)
Qwest policy the procedure is working, the requested change is not beneficial (more
objective, less subjective) (-)
Outside the Scope of the Change Management Process-the request is not within the
scope of the Change Management Process, requests for information (as defined in the
Master Red-line document) (+)
Economically not feasible-low demand, cost prohibitive to implement the request, or
both. (+)
Qwest will not deny a CR solely on the basis that the CR involves a change to the back-
end systems.
Qwest will apply these same concepts to CRs that they initiate.
SCRP may be invoked if a CR was denied due to Economically not feasible.
If CLECs do not accept Qwest's response , they may elect to escalate or dispute the CR in
accordance with the agreed upon CMP escalation or dispute resolution procedures. If the
originating CLEC does not agree with the determination to escalate or pursue the dispute
resolution, it may withdraw its participation from the CR and any other CLEC may become
responsible for pursuing the CR upon providing written notice to the Qwest CMP Manager. If
the CLECs do not accept Qwest's response and do not intend to escalate or dispute at the
present time , they may request Qwest to status the CR as deferred. The CR will be statused
deferred and CLECs may activate or close the CR at a later date.
At the monthly CMP meeting, the CR originator will provide an overview of its respective CR(s)
and Qwest will present either a status or its response.
At the last Systems CMP meeting before Prioritization, Qwest will facilitate the presentation of
all CRs eligible for Prioritization. At this meeting Qwest will provide a high level estimate of the
Level of Effort of each CR and the estimated total capacity of the release. This estimate will be
an estimate of the number of person hours required to incorporate the CR into the release.
Ranking will proceed , as described in Section 10.2. The results of the ranking will produce a
release candidate list.
CLEC-Qwest OSS Interface Change Request Lifecycle
Based on the release candidate list, Qwest will begin its development cycle which includes the
following milestones:
Business and Systems Requirements
Qwest engineers define the business and functional specifications during this phase. The
specifications are completed on a per candidate basis in priority order. During business and
system requirements , any candidates which have affinities and may be more efficiently
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision , Exhibit G May 24 2002
Page 13
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
implemented together will be discussed. Candidates with affinities are defined as candidates
with similarities in functions or software components. Qwest will also present any complexities
changes in candidate size, or other concerns that may arise during business or system
requirements which .would impact the implementation of the candidate. During the business and
systems requirement efforts, CRs may be modified or new CRs may be generated (by CLECs
or Qwest) , with a request that the new or modified CRs be considered for addition to the
release candidate list (late added CRs). If the CMP body grants the request to consider the late
added CRs for addition to the release candidate list, Qwest will size the CR's requirements work
effort. If the requirements work effort for the late added CRs can be completed by the end of
system requirements, the release candidate list and the new CRs will be prioritized by CLECs in
accordance with the agreed upon Prioritization Process (see Section 10.0). If the requirements
work effort for the late added CRs cannot be completed by the end of system requirements, the
CR will not be eligible for the release and will be returned to the pool of CRs that are available
for prioritization in the next ass interface release.
Packaging
At the conclusion of system requirements, Qwest will present packaging option(s) for
implementing the release candidates. Packaging options are defined as different combinations
of candidates proposed for continuing through the next stage of development. Packaging
options may not exist for the release. I.e. there may only be one straightforward set of
candidates to continue working through the next stage of development. Options may be
identified due to:
affinities in candidates
resource constraints which prevent some candidates from being implemented but allow
others to be completed.
Based upon additional information gathered during the business and systems requirement
phase Qwest will provide an updated Level of Effort of each CR and the estimated total
capacity of the release. If more than one option is presented, a vote will be held within 2 days
after the meeting on the options. The option with the largest number of votes will continue
through the design phase of the development cycle.
Design
Qwest engineers define the architectural and code changes required to complete the work
associated with each candidate. The design work is completed on the candidates which have
been packaged.
Commitment
After design, Qwest will present a final list of candidates which can be implemented. Qwest will
provide an updated level estimate of the Level of Effort of each CR and the estimated total
capacity of the release. These candidates become the committed candidates for the release.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 14
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
Code & Test
Qwest engineers will perform the coding and testing by Qwest required to complete the work
associated with the committed candidates. The code !s developed and baselined before being
delivered to system test. A system test plan (system test cases, costs, schedule, test
environment, test data, etc.) is completed. The system is tested for meeting business and
system requirements , certification is completed on the system readiness for production, and
pre-final documentation is reviewed and baselined. If in the course of the code and test effort
Qwest determines that it cannot complete the work required to include a candidate in the
planned release, Qwest will discuss options with the CLECs in the next CMP meeting. Options
can include either the removal of that candidate from the list or a delay in the release date to
incorporate that candidate. If the candidate is removed from the list, Qwest will also advise the
CLECs whether or not the candidate could become a candidate for the next point release, with
appropriate disclosure as part of the current major release of the OSS interface. Alternatively,
the candidate will be returned to the pool of CRs that are available for prioritization in the next
OSS interface release.
Deployment
During this phase Qwest representatives from the business and operations review and agree
the system is ready for full deployment. The release is deployed and production support
initiated and conducted.
During any phase of the lifecycle, a candidate may be requested to be removed by the
requesting CLEC. If that occurs, the candidate will be discussed at the next CMP meeting or in
a special emergency meeting, if required. The candidate will only be removed from further
phases of development if there is unanimous agreement by the CLECs and Qwest at that
meeting.
When Qwest has completed development of the ass interface change, Qwest will release the
OSS interface functionality into production for use by the CLECs.
Upon implementation of the ass interface release, the CRs will be presented for closure at the
next CMP monthly meeting.
CLEC Product/Process Change Request Initiation Process
If a CLEC wants Qwest to change a Product/Process the CLEC e-mails a completed Change
Request (CR) Form to the Qwest Product/Process CMP Manager. Within 2 business days
Qwest's Product/Process CMP Manager reviews CR for completeness, and requests additional
information from the CR originator, if necessary, within two (2) business days after Qwestreceives a complete CR:
The Qwest CMP manager assigns a CR Number and logs the CR into the CMP Database.
The Qwest CMP Manager forwards the CR to the CMP Group Manager
The Qwest CMP manager sends acknowledgment of receipt to the CR submitter and
updates the CMP Database.
Within two (2) business days after acknowledgement:
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 15
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
The Qwest CMP Manager posts the complete CR to the CMP Web site
The CMP Group Manager assigns a Change Request Project Manager (CRPM) and
identifies the appropriate Director responsible for the CR.
The CRPM obtains from the Director the names of the assigned Subject Matter Expert(s)
(SME).
the CRPM will provide a copy of the detailed CR report to the CR originator which includes
the following information:
Description of CR
originating CLEC
assigned CRPM contact information
assigned CR number
designated Qwest SMEs and associated director(s)
Within eight (8) business days after receipt of a complete CR, the CRPM Coordinates and
holds a Clarification Meeting with the Originating CLEC and Qwest's SMEs. If the
originating CLEC is not available within the above specified time frame, then the clarification
meeting will be held at a mutually agreed upon time. Qwest will not provide a response to a
CR until a clarification meeting has been held.
At the Clarification Meeting, Qwest and the Originating CLEC review the submitted CR
validate the intent of the Originating CLEC's CR, clarify all aspects, identify all questions to
be answered , and determine deliverables to be produced. After the clarification meeting
has been held, The CRPM will document and issue meeting minutes within five (5) business
days. Qwest's SME will internally identify options and potential solutions to the CR
CRs received three (3) weeks prior to the next scheduled CMP meeting will be presented at
that CMP Meeting. CRs that are not submitted by the above specified cut-off date may be
presented at that CMP meeting as a walk-on item with current status. The Originating CLEC
will present its CR and provide any business reasons for the CR. Items or issues identified
during the previously held Clarification Meeting will be relayed. Then, participating CLECs
will be given the opportunity to comment on the CR and subsequent clarifications.
Clarifications and/or modifications related to the CR will be incorporated. Qwest's SME will
present options and potential solutions to the CR. consensus Will be obtained from the
participating CLECs as to the appropriate direction/solution for Qwest's SME to take in
responding to the CR.
Subsequently, Qwest will develop a draft response based on the discussion from the
Monthly CMP Meeting. Qwest's Responses will be:
. "
Accepted" (Qwest will implement the CLEC request) with position stated, or
. "
Denied" (Qwest will not implement the CLEC request) with basis for the denial, in writing,
including reference to substantiating material. CLEC-initiated ass Interfaces and
Product/Process change request may be denied for one or more of the following reasons.
Technologically not feasible-a technical solution is not available
, (+)
Regulatory ruling/Legal implications-regulatory or legal reasons prohibit the change as
requested , or if the request benefits some CLECs and negatively impact others (parity
among CLECs) (Contrary to ICA provisions) (+)
Qwest policy -the procedure is working, the requested change is not beneficial (more
objective, less subjective) (-)
Outside the Scope of the Change Management Process-the request is not within the
scope of the Change Management Process, requests for information (as defined in the
Master Red-line document) (+)
awest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 16
Exhibit
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
Economically not feasible-low demand, cost prohibitive to implement the request, or
both. (+)
Qwest will not deny a CR solely on the basis that the CR involves a change to the back-end systems.
Qwest will apply these same concepts to CRs that they initiate.
SCRP may be invoked if a CR was denied due to Economically not feasible.
At least one (1) week prior to the next scheduled CMP meeting, The CRPM will have the
response posted to the Web, added to CMP Database, and will notify all CLECs via
email
All Qwest Responses will be presented at the next scheduled CMP meeting by Qwest, who will
conduct a walk through of the response. Participating CLECswill be provided the opportunity to
discuss, clarify and comment on Qwest's Response
Based on the comments received from the Monthly Meeting, Qwest' may revise its response
and issue a modified response at the next monthly CMP meeting. Within ten (10) business days
after the CMP meeting, Qwest will notify the CLECs of Qwest's intent to modify its response.
If the CLECs do not accept Qwest's response , any CLEC can elect to escalate the CR in
accordance with the agreed upon CMP Escalation or dispute resolution Procedures. If the
originating CLEC does not agree with the determination to escalate or pursue the dispute
resolution, it may withdraw its participation from the CR and any other CLEC may become
responsible for pursuing the CR upon providing written notice to the Qwest CMP manager.
If the CLECs do not accept Qwest's response and do not intend to escalate or dispute at the
present time , they may request Qwest to status the CR as deferred. The CR will be statused
Deferred and CLECs may activate or close the CR at a later date.
The CLECs' acceptance of Qwest's response may result in:
The response answered the CR and no further action is required;
The response provided an implementation plan for a product or process to be developed;
Qwest Denied the CLEC CR and no further action is required by CLEC.
If the CLECs have accepted Qwest's response, Qwest will provide notice of planned
implementation in accordance with time frames defined in the CMP. If necessary, Qwest may
request that CLECs provide input during the development stage. Qwest will then deploy the
Qwest recommended implementation plan.
After Qwest's revised/new product or process is placed into production , CLECs will have no
longer than 60 calendar days to evaluate the effectiveness of Qwest's revised/new product , or
process, provide feedback, and indicate whether further action is required. Continual process
improvement will be maintained.
Finally, the CR will be closed when CLECs determine that no further action is required for thatCR.
awest Idaho SGA T Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24, 2002
Page 17
Exhibi
Change Management Process (CMP)
For Local Service
Qwest Initiated Product/Process Changes
The following defines five levels of Qwest-initiated product/process changes and the process by
which Qwest will initiate and implement these changes. None of the following shall be construed
to supersede timelines or provisions mandated by federal or state regulatory authorities, certain
CLEC facing websites (e.ICONN and Network Disclosures) or individual interconnection
agreements. Each notice will state that it does not supercede individual interconnection
agreements. The lists provided below are exhaustive/ finite but may be modified by agreement
of the parties. Qwest will utilize these lists when determining the disposition (e., Level 0--4) to
which new changes should be categorized. The changes that go through these processes are
not changes to ass Interfaces. Level 1-4 changes under this process will be tracked and
differentiated by level in the History Log.
Level 0 changes
Level 0 changes are defined as changes that do not change the meaning of documentation and
do not alter CLEC operating procedures. Level 0 changes are effective immediately without
notice.
Level 0 Change Categories are:
Font and typeface changes (e., bold to un-bold or bold to italics)
. Capitalization
Spelling corrections and typographical errors other than numbers that appear as part of an
interval or timeframe.
Hyphenation
Acronym vs. non-acronym (e., inserting words to spell out an acronym)
Symbols (e., changing bullets from circles to squares for consistency in document)
Word changes from singular to plural (or vice versa) to correct grammar
Punctuation
Changing of a number to words (or vice versa)
Changing a word to a synonym
Contact personnel title changes where contact information does not change
Alphabetize information
Indenting (left/right/center justifying for consistency)
Grammatical corrections (making a complete sentence out of a phrase)
Corrections to apply consistency to product names (i.e.
, "
PBX - Resale" changed to
Resale - PBX"
Moving paragraphs/sentences within the same section of a document to improve readability
Hyperlink corrections within documentation
Remove unnecessary repetitive words in the same paragraph or short section.
For any change that Qwest considers a Level 0 change that does not specifically fit into one of
the categories listed above, Qwest shall issue a Level 3 notification.
Owest Idaho SGAT Third Revision, Exhibit G May 24 , 2002
Page 18